1 | /****************************** Module Header *******************************
|
---|
2 | *
|
---|
3 | * Module Name: keys.e
|
---|
4 | *
|
---|
5 | * Copyright (c) Netlabs EPM Distribution Project 2002
|
---|
6 | *
|
---|
7 | * $Id: keys.e 5211 2022-11-10 01:03:20Z aschn $
|
---|
8 | *
|
---|
9 | * ===========================================================================
|
---|
10 | *
|
---|
11 | * This file is part of the Netlabs EPM Distribution package and is free
|
---|
12 | * software. You can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the
|
---|
13 | * GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software
|
---|
14 | * Foundation, in version 2 as it comes in the "COPYING" file of the
|
---|
15 | * Netlabs EPM Distribution. This library is distributed in the hope that it
|
---|
16 | * will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
|
---|
17 | * of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
---|
18 | * General Public License for more details.
|
---|
19 | *
|
---|
20 | ****************************************************************************/
|
---|
21 |
|
---|
22 | compile if not defined( SMALL) -- If compiled separately
|
---|
23 | EA_comment 'This defines definitions for keysets.'
|
---|
24 |
|
---|
25 | define
|
---|
26 | INCLUDING_FILE = 'KEYS.E'
|
---|
27 |
|
---|
28 | include 'stdconst.e'
|
---|
29 | const
|
---|
30 | tryinclude 'mycnf.e'
|
---|
31 | const
|
---|
32 | compile if not defined( NLS_LANGUAGE)
|
---|
33 | NLS_LANGUAGE = 'ENGLISH'
|
---|
34 | compile endif
|
---|
35 | include NLS_LANGUAGE'.e'
|
---|
36 |
|
---|
37 | ; In case someone executes 'keys' by mistake, the module would be unlinked.
|
---|
38 | ; Therefore add a (nop) defc that would be executed then in preference:
|
---|
39 | defc keys
|
---|
40 | -- nop
|
---|
41 | compile endif
|
---|
42 |
|
---|
43 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
44 | definit
|
---|
45 | universal blockreflowflag
|
---|
46 |
|
---|
47 | blockreflowflag = 0
|
---|
48 | compile if defined(ACTIONS_ACCEL__L) -- For CUSTEPM support
|
---|
49 | call AddMenuAVar( 'usedmenuaccelerators', 'A')
|
---|
50 | compile endif
|
---|
51 | compile if defined(TEX_BAR__MSG) -- For TFE or EPMTeX support
|
---|
52 | call AddMenuAVar( 'usedmenuaccelerators', 'T')
|
---|
53 | compile endif
|
---|
54 | compile if defined(ECO_MENU__MSG) -- For ECO support
|
---|
55 | call AddMenuAVar( 'usedmenuaccelerators', 'I')
|
---|
56 | compile endif
|
---|
57 |
|
---|
58 | -- These keys must be defined as WM_CHAR keys, not as accelerator keys.
|
---|
59 | -- Otherwise typing single accent keys like ^ï` and entering a char via
|
---|
60 | -- its key code with Alt and the keypad numbers won't work.
|
---|
61 | -- This array var value must be specified in lowercase and with the
|
---|
62 | -- underscore as prefix separator: c_, a_ or s_ (not + or -)
|
---|
63 | NonAccelKeys = ''
|
---|
64 | NonAccelKeys = NonAccelKeys' a_1 a_2 a_3 a_4 a_5 a_6 a_7 a_8 a_9 a_0'
|
---|
65 | NonAccelKeys = NonAccelKeys' space'
|
---|
66 | NonAccelKeys = NonAccelKeys' down up left right'
|
---|
67 | NonAccelKeys = NonAccelKeys' a_down a_up a_left a_right'
|
---|
68 | NonAccelKeys = NonAccelKeys' a_ins a_del a_home a_end a_pgdn a_pgup'
|
---|
69 | call AddKeysAVar( 'nonaccelkeys', NonAccelKeys)
|
---|
70 |
|
---|
71 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
72 | ; Apparently edit_keys must be defined in EPM.EX as first ETK keyset.
|
---|
73 | ; Therefore "defkeys edit_keys new clear" was moved to INIT.E to be
|
---|
74 | ; included early.
|
---|
75 | ;
|
---|
76 | ; The standard ETK keyset "edit_keys" is mainly a dummy keyset, compared to
|
---|
77 | ; the original EPM keyset definition. It defines all keys as otherkeys,
|
---|
78 | ; except a_0 ... a_9, which are not executable as accel keys without unwanted
|
---|
79 | ; results.
|
---|
80 | ;
|
---|
81 | ; Otherkeys processes all keys for which no accel key def exists. That are
|
---|
82 | ; mainly single char keys. Process_Key works like Keyin, but handles
|
---|
83 | ; overwriting of the marked area in CUA marking mode.
|
---|
84 | ;
|
---|
85 | ; Bug in EPM's ETK keyset handling:
|
---|
86 | ; .keyset = '<new_keyset>' works only, if <new_keyset> was defined in
|
---|
87 | ; the same .EX file, from where the keyset should be changed.
|
---|
88 | ; Therefore (as a workaround) switch temporarily to the externally
|
---|
89 | ; defined keyset in order to make it known for 'SetKeys':
|
---|
90 | ;
|
---|
91 | ; definit -- required for a separately compiled package
|
---|
92 | ; saved_keys = .keyset
|
---|
93 | ; .keyset = '<new_keyset>'
|
---|
94 | ; .keyset = saved_keys
|
---|
95 | ;
|
---|
96 | ; Note: An .EX file, that defines a keyset, can't be unlinked, when this
|
---|
97 | ; keyset is in use.
|
---|
98 |
|
---|
99 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
100 | /***
|
---|
101 | ; The following is defined in INIT.E and is processed during definit of
|
---|
102 | ; EPM.E.
|
---|
103 |
|
---|
104 | ; This defines the standard keyset. It's important to use the option 'clear'.
|
---|
105 | ; Otherwise otherkeys won't process the standard letters, numbers and chars.
|
---|
106 | ;
|
---|
107 | ; The keyset 'edit_keys' must be defined before all other keysets.
|
---|
108 | ; Therefore this file is actually included early in EPM.E. It's possible to
|
---|
109 | ; link these defs, but then other key defs must be linked after defining
|
---|
110 | ; 'edit_keys'.
|
---|
111 | ; (To do: test if defs from 'edit_keys' are overtaken by other keysets then.)
|
---|
112 | defkeys edit_keys new clear
|
---|
113 |
|
---|
114 | ; For testing:
|
---|
115 | ;def ''
|
---|
116 | ; dprintf( 'lastkey() = 'lastkey()', ch = 'ch)
|
---|
117 | ; call SaveKeyCmd( lastkey())
|
---|
118 | ; call Process_Keys( 'ae')
|
---|
119 |
|
---|
120 | ; Alt+0 ... Alt+9 keys (WM_CHAR):
|
---|
121 | ; These standard key defs are not executed as accel keys in order to keep
|
---|
122 | ; entering a char via Alt+keypad key working.
|
---|
123 | ; Because accel keys don't create a WM_CHAR message, they can't be handled
|
---|
124 | ; by lastkey or getkeystate.
|
---|
125 | ; To assign code to these keys, they have to be additionally defined via the
|
---|
126 | ; DefKey proc (which is used for defining accel keys). DefKey handles them
|
---|
127 | ; specially: It sets just an array var, that is queried and executed by
|
---|
128 | ; ExecKeyCmd.
|
---|
129 | def a_1 'ExecKeyCmd a_1'
|
---|
130 | def a_2 'ExecKeyCmd a_2'
|
---|
131 | def a_3 'ExecKeyCmd a_3'
|
---|
132 | def a_4 'ExecKeyCmd a_4'
|
---|
133 | def a_5 'ExecKeyCmd a_5'
|
---|
134 | def a_6 'ExecKeyCmd a_6'
|
---|
135 | def a_7 'ExecKeyCmd a_7'
|
---|
136 | def a_8 'ExecKeyCmd a_8'
|
---|
137 | def a_9 'ExecKeyCmd a_9'
|
---|
138 | def a_0 'ExecKeyCmd a_0'
|
---|
139 |
|
---|
140 | ; Space key (WM_CHAR):
|
---|
141 | ; In order to type the single accent key '^' which is created by
|
---|
142 | ; <hat_key>+<space>, space must not be defined as accel key. Therefore
|
---|
143 | ; Space is defined with ExecKeyCmd. That means that it executes the
|
---|
144 | ; command that is stored by DefKey( Space, cmd) as an array var.
|
---|
145 | def space 'ExecKeyCmd space'
|
---|
146 |
|
---|
147 | ; Cursor keys (WM_CHAR):
|
---|
148 | ; When processed as accel keys, cursor key messages send by another app
|
---|
149 | ; are ignored. This happens if AMouse is configured to send keyboard
|
---|
150 | ; messages instead of scroll window messages.
|
---|
151 | def down 'ExecKeyCmd down'
|
---|
152 | def up 'ExecKeyCmd up'
|
---|
153 | def left 'ExecKeyCmd left'
|
---|
154 | def right 'ExecKeyCmd right'
|
---|
155 |
|
---|
156 | ; Processing the keys above in the 'otherkeys' command would work, but
|
---|
157 | ; their scancode may vary with different keyboard layouts. The E toolkit
|
---|
158 | ; key names (used after 'def') handle that.
|
---|
159 |
|
---|
160 | ; Add more keys here that have to be processed as standard E toolkit keys
|
---|
161 | ; or can't be processed as accelerator keys. The cursor keys above are
|
---|
162 | ; defined as both. When being processed, the accel def wins. To ignore
|
---|
163 | ; the accel def, a key must be added to the 'noaccelkeys' array var above.
|
---|
164 |
|
---|
165 | ; OtherKeys processes all other single keys plus those virtual keys that
|
---|
166 | ; are also defined as number keys on the keypad block (WM_CHAR):
|
---|
167 | def otherkeys
|
---|
168 | 'OtherKeys' -- Defined in KEYS.E
|
---|
169 | ***/
|
---|
170 |
|
---|
171 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
172 | defproc CtrlIsDown
|
---|
173 | ks = getkeystate( VK_CTRL)
|
---|
174 | fDown = (ks = 1 | ks = 2)
|
---|
175 | return fDown
|
---|
176 |
|
---|
177 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
178 | defproc AltIsDown
|
---|
179 | ks = getkeystate( VK_ALT)
|
---|
180 | fDown = (ks = 1 | ks = 2)
|
---|
181 | return fDown
|
---|
182 |
|
---|
183 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
184 | defproc ShiftIsDown
|
---|
185 | ks = getkeystate( VK_SHIFT)
|
---|
186 | fDown = (ks = 1 | ks = 2)
|
---|
187 | return fDown
|
---|
188 |
|
---|
189 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
190 | ; This is used to separate standard char keys from modifier keys
|
---|
191 | ; (Ctrl/Alt/Sh) and virtual keys.
|
---|
192 | defproc IsSingleKey
|
---|
193 | k = arg( 1)
|
---|
194 | fSingle = 0
|
---|
195 | -- This can't work on DBCS systems:
|
---|
196 | if length( k) = 1 then
|
---|
197 | fSingle = 1
|
---|
198 | -- This should work on DBCS systems:
|
---|
199 | elseif IsDbcs( k) then
|
---|
200 | fSingle = 1
|
---|
201 | endif
|
---|
202 | return fSingle
|
---|
203 |
|
---|
204 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
205 | ; OtherKeys processes all other single keys plus those Alt+virtual keys that
|
---|
206 | ; are also defined as number keys on the keypad block (WM_CHAR).
|
---|
207 | defc OtherKeys
|
---|
208 | k = lastkey()
|
---|
209 | parse value lastkey( 2) with Flags 3 Repeat 4 ScanCode 5 CharCode 7 VkCode 9
|
---|
210 | ScanCode = Hex2Dec( c2x( ScanCode))
|
---|
211 | VkCode = itoa( VkCode, 10)
|
---|
212 |
|
---|
213 | fExpanded = 0
|
---|
214 |
|
---|
215 | if IsSingleKey( k) then
|
---|
216 |
|
---|
217 | call SaveKeyCmd( k)
|
---|
218 |
|
---|
219 | fExpanded = ExpandKey()
|
---|
220 | if fExpanded = 0 then
|
---|
221 | call Process_Key( k)
|
---|
222 | endif
|
---|
223 |
|
---|
224 | elseif AltIsDown() then
|
---|
225 | -- Filter out keypad keys in order to keep entering a char via
|
---|
226 | -- Alt+keypad key working.
|
---|
227 | -- Usually keypad keys have a decimal scancode < 95. The scancode is
|
---|
228 | -- hardware-specific. The following line has to be changed for other
|
---|
229 | -- unusual keyboards.
|
---|
230 | -- The scancode (in hex) can be shown both in a PMPrintf window and
|
---|
231 | -- on EPM's mesageline by the TestKeys command.
|
---|
232 | if ScanCode >= 95 then
|
---|
233 |
|
---|
234 | if VkCode = VK_UP then
|
---|
235 | 'ExecKeyCmd a_up'
|
---|
236 | elseif VkCode = VK_DOWN then
|
---|
237 | 'ExecKeyCmd a_down'
|
---|
238 | elseif VkCode = VK_LEFT then
|
---|
239 | 'ExecKeyCmd a_left'
|
---|
240 | elseif VkCode = VK_RIGHT then
|
---|
241 | 'ExecKeyCmd a_right'
|
---|
242 | elseif VkCode = VK_INSERT then
|
---|
243 | 'ExecKeyCmd a_ins'
|
---|
244 | elseif VkCode = VK_DELETE then
|
---|
245 | 'ExecKeyCmd a_del'
|
---|
246 | elseif VkCode = VK_HOME then
|
---|
247 | 'ExecKeyCmd a_home'
|
---|
248 | elseif VkCode = VK_END then
|
---|
249 | 'ExecKeyCmd a_end'
|
---|
250 | elseif VkCode = VK_PAGEDOWN then
|
---|
251 | 'ExecKeyCmd a_pgdn'
|
---|
252 | elseif VkCode = VK_PAGEUP then
|
---|
253 | 'ExecKeyCmd a_pgup'
|
---|
254 | endif
|
---|
255 |
|
---|
256 | endif
|
---|
257 | endif
|
---|
258 |
|
---|
259 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
260 | ; Standard key defs don't work for keypad keys, only for normal keys.
|
---|
261 | ; Therefore keypad keys don't have to be filtered out here.
|
---|
262 | ; Keypad keys can be redefined via accel keys, but then entering chars by
|
---|
263 | ; entering its keycode via Alt+keypad keys won't work anymore.
|
---|
264 | defc ExecKeyCmd
|
---|
265 | -- The array var is internally set by the DefKey proc if Alt+num keys
|
---|
266 | -- were defined via DefKey.
|
---|
267 | KeyString = arg( 1)
|
---|
268 | Cmd = GetKeysAVar( 'keydef.'KeyString)
|
---|
269 |
|
---|
270 | call SaveKeyCmd( KeyString''\1''Cmd)
|
---|
271 | fExpanded = ExpandKey()
|
---|
272 | --dprintf( 'ExecKeyCmd: KeyString = 'KeyString', fExpanded = 'fExpanded)
|
---|
273 |
|
---|
274 | if fExpanded = 0 then
|
---|
275 | if Cmd <> '' then
|
---|
276 | Cmd
|
---|
277 | else
|
---|
278 | k = lastkey()
|
---|
279 | call Process_Key( k)
|
---|
280 | endif
|
---|
281 | endif
|
---|
282 |
|
---|
283 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
284 | ; This ignores modifier key combinations. Therefore it can be used for single
|
---|
285 | ; chars only.
|
---|
286 | defproc Process_Key( char)
|
---|
287 | if IsSingleKey( char) & char <> \0 then
|
---|
288 | call Process_Keys( char)
|
---|
289 | endif
|
---|
290 |
|
---|
291 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
292 | ; This types one or multiple chars. It handles replacing a marked area while
|
---|
293 | ; CUA marking is active.
|
---|
294 | defproc Process_Keys( chars)
|
---|
295 | universal lastcommand
|
---|
296 |
|
---|
297 | fInsert = insertstate()
|
---|
298 | fMarked = 0
|
---|
299 | fInsertToggled = 0
|
---|
300 | fMarkDeleted = (ReplaceMark() = 1)
|
---|
301 | if not fInsert & fMarkDeleted then
|
---|
302 | -- Turn on insert mode because the key should replace
|
---|
303 | -- the mark, not the character after the mark.
|
---|
304 | inserttoggle
|
---|
305 | fInsertToggled = 1
|
---|
306 | endif
|
---|
307 | lastcommand = chars
|
---|
308 |
|
---|
309 | keyin chars
|
---|
310 |
|
---|
311 | if fInsertToggled then
|
---|
312 | inserttoggle
|
---|
313 | endif
|
---|
314 |
|
---|
315 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
316 | ; An easier to remember synonym for Process_Keys.
|
---|
317 | defproc TypeChars( chars)
|
---|
318 | call Process_Keys( chars)
|
---|
319 |
|
---|
320 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
321 | ; Defined as command for use in key definition files.
|
---|
322 | defc TypeChars
|
---|
323 | parse arg chars
|
---|
324 | call Process_Keys( chars)
|
---|
325 |
|
---|
326 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
327 | ; This takes ascii values of one or multiple chars. Multiple chars can be
|
---|
328 | ; separated by '\'. An leading '\' is optional.
|
---|
329 | ; Example: TypeAscChars \0\170 gives a null char followed by a not char.
|
---|
330 | defc TypeAscChars, TypeEscapedChars
|
---|
331 | Rest = strip( arg( 1))
|
---|
332 | Chars = ''
|
---|
333 | do while Rest <> ''
|
---|
334 | if leftstr( Rest, 1) <> '\' then
|
---|
335 | Rest = '\'Rest
|
---|
336 | endif
|
---|
337 | parse value Rest with '\'Num'\'Rest
|
---|
338 | Num = strip( Num)
|
---|
339 | Rest = strip( Rest)
|
---|
340 |
|
---|
341 | if IsNum( Num) and Num < 256 then
|
---|
342 | Chars = Chars''chr( Num)
|
---|
343 | else
|
---|
344 | -- Maybe give an error msg here or ignore this one
|
---|
345 | Chars = Chars''Num
|
---|
346 | endif
|
---|
347 | enddo
|
---|
348 | call Process_Keys( Chars)
|
---|
349 |
|
---|
350 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
351 | ; executekey can only execute single WM_CHAR keys, either chars or virtual
|
---|
352 | ; keys defined in the ETK. For multiple keys, keyin can be used.
|
---|
353 | defc DoKey, ExecuteKey
|
---|
354 | 'Key '1 arg( 1)
|
---|
355 |
|
---|
356 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
357 | ; Syntax: Key <loopnum> <keystring>
|
---|
358 | ; In EPM we don't do a getkey() to ask you for the key. You must supply it
|
---|
359 | ; as part of the command, as in 'key 80 ='.
|
---|
360 | defc Key, LoopKey
|
---|
361 | do once = 1 to 1
|
---|
362 | parse value arg( 1) with LoopNum k .
|
---|
363 | if not upcase( LoopNum) = 'RC' then
|
---|
364 | if not IsNum( LoopNum) then
|
---|
365 | sayerror INVALID_NUMBER__MSG
|
---|
366 | leave
|
---|
367 | endif
|
---|
368 | endif
|
---|
369 | fSingleKey = IsSingleKey( k)
|
---|
370 |
|
---|
371 | -- jbl: Allow the user to specify the key in the command, so he can
|
---|
372 | -- say 'key 80 =' and avoid the prompt.
|
---|
373 | if k == '' then
|
---|
374 | -- Please specify the key to repeat, as in
|
---|
375 | 'SayError' KEY_PROMPT2__MSG '"Key 'loopnum' =", "Key 'loopnum' S+F3".'
|
---|
376 | leave
|
---|
377 | endif
|
---|
378 |
|
---|
379 | call NextCmdAltersText()
|
---|
380 | i = 0
|
---|
381 | do forever
|
---|
382 | i = i + 1
|
---|
383 | if IsNum( LoopNum) then
|
---|
384 | if i > LoopNum then
|
---|
385 | leave
|
---|
386 | endif
|
---|
387 | endif
|
---|
388 |
|
---|
389 | -- Execute key
|
---|
390 | if fSingleKey then
|
---|
391 | -- Type char
|
---|
392 | executekey k
|
---|
393 | else
|
---|
394 | KeyString = NormalizeKeyString( k)
|
---|
395 | Cmd = GetKeysAVar( 'keydef.'KeyString)
|
---|
396 | if Cmd <> '' then
|
---|
397 | -- Execute Cmd
|
---|
398 | Cmd
|
---|
399 | else
|
---|
400 | -- Execute virtual WM_CHAR key (not used anymore in NEPMD)
|
---|
401 | executekey Resolve_Key( k)
|
---|
402 | endif
|
---|
403 | endif
|
---|
404 |
|
---|
405 | if upcase( LoopNum) = 'RC' then
|
---|
406 | if rc then
|
---|
407 | leave
|
---|
408 | endif
|
---|
409 | endif
|
---|
410 |
|
---|
411 | enddo
|
---|
412 | enddo
|
---|
413 |
|
---|
414 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
415 | defc Keyin
|
---|
416 | parse arg chars
|
---|
417 | --'SayError chars = "'chars'"'
|
---|
418 | if chars == '' then
|
---|
419 | keyin ' '
|
---|
420 | else
|
---|
421 | keyin chars
|
---|
422 | endif
|
---|
423 |
|
---|
424 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
425 | ; In E3 and EOS2, we can use a_X to enter the value of any key. In EPM,
|
---|
426 | ; we can't, so the following routine is used by KEY and LOOPKEY to convert
|
---|
427 | ; from an ASCII key name to the internal value. It handles shift or alt +
|
---|
428 | ; any letter, or a function key (optionally, with any shift prefix). LAM
|
---|
429 |
|
---|
430 | ; suffix for virtual keys
|
---|
431 | ; hex dec
|
---|
432 | ; 02 2 without prefix
|
---|
433 | ; 0a 10 Sh
|
---|
434 | ; 12 18 Ctrl
|
---|
435 | ; 22 34 Alt
|
---|
436 | ;
|
---|
437 | ; suffix for letters
|
---|
438 | ; hex dec
|
---|
439 | ; 10 16 Ctrl
|
---|
440 | ; 20 32 Alt
|
---|
441 | ;
|
---|
442 | defproc Resolve_Key( k)
|
---|
443 | kl = lowcase( k)
|
---|
444 | suffix = \2 -- For unshifted function keys
|
---|
445 | if length( k) >= 3 & pos( substr( k, 2, 1), '_-+') then
|
---|
446 | if length( k) > 3 then
|
---|
447 | if substr( kl, 3, 1) = 'f' then -- Shifted function key
|
---|
448 | suffix = substr( \10\34\18, pos( leftstr( kl, 1), 'sac'), 1) -- Set suffix,
|
---|
449 | kl = substr( kl, 3) -- strip shift prefix, and more later...
|
---|
450 | elseif wordpos( substr( kl, 3), 'left up right down') then
|
---|
451 | suffix = substr( \10\34\18, pos( leftstr( kl, 1), 'sac'), 1) -- Set suffix,
|
---|
452 | kl = substr( kl, 3) -- strip shift prefix, and more later...
|
---|
453 | else -- Something we don't handle...
|
---|
454 | 'SayError Resolve_key:' sayerrortext(-328)
|
---|
455 | rc = -328
|
---|
456 | endif
|
---|
457 | else -- alt+letter or ctrl+letter
|
---|
458 | k = substr( kl, 3, 1) || substr( \32\16, pos( leftstr( kl, 1), 'ac'), 1)
|
---|
459 | endif
|
---|
460 | endif
|
---|
461 | if leftstr( kl, 1) = 'f' & isnum( substr( kl, 2)) then
|
---|
462 | k = chr( substr( kl, 2) + 31) || suffix
|
---|
463 | elseif wordpos( kl, 'left up right down') then
|
---|
464 | k = chr( wordpos( kl, 'left up right down') + 20) || suffix
|
---|
465 | endif
|
---|
466 | return k
|
---|
467 |
|
---|
468 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
469 | ; An accelerator key issues a WM_COMMAND message, which is processed by the
|
---|
470 | ; ProcessCommand command defined in menu.e.
|
---|
471 | ; Some other defs where accelerator keys are filtered are:
|
---|
472 | ; def otherkeys, defproc process_key, defc ProcessOtherKeys
|
---|
473 | ; queryaccelstring returns the command connected with the specified menu item
|
---|
474 | ; or accelerator key def.
|
---|
475 |
|
---|
476 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
477 | ; Add or redefine an entry to the active named accelerator key table.
|
---|
478 | ;
|
---|
479 | ; Syntax: DefKey( KeyString, Cmd[, 'L'])
|
---|
480 | ;
|
---|
481 | ; KeyString prefixes are separated by '_', '+' or '-'. The following
|
---|
482 | ; prefixes are defined:
|
---|
483 | ; 'c_' Ctrl
|
---|
484 | ; 's_' Shift
|
---|
485 | ; 'a_' Alt
|
---|
486 | ; In this definition the order of the prefixes doesn't matter, while
|
---|
487 | ; on execution, the KeyString prefixes are used in the above order.
|
---|
488 | ; Cmd must be an E command string, not E code.
|
---|
489 | ; 'L' is the option for defining the key as a lonekey
|
---|
490 | ; (a lonekey is executed once on releasing the key)
|
---|
491 | ;
|
---|
492 | ; Examples:
|
---|
493 | ; DefKey( 'c_s_Q', 'SayError Ctrl+Shift+Q pressed')
|
---|
494 | ; DefKey( 'c+s+q', 'SayError Ctrl+Shift+Q pressed') (equivalent)
|
---|
495 | ; DefKey( 'C-S-q', 'SayError Ctrl+Shift+Q pressed') (equivalent)
|
---|
496 | ; DefKey( 'altgraf', 'SayError AltGraf key pressed', 'L')
|
---|
497 | ; For defining non-ASCII keys that don't match the upcase or lowcase
|
---|
498 | ; procedure processing, the key has to be defined in the correct
|
---|
499 | ; case:
|
---|
500 | ; DefKey( '', 'SayError Lowercase (a-umlaut) pressed')
|
---|
501 | ; DefKey( 's_', 'SayError Uppercase (a-umlaut) pressed')
|
---|
502 | ;
|
---|
503 | ; For standard accel table defs, the first def wins. This command changes it,
|
---|
504 | ; so that an accel table can be extended as expected: An already existing
|
---|
505 | ; accel table entry is overridden by a new one. That makes the last def win
|
---|
506 | ; and avoids multiple defs for a key.
|
---|
507 | ;
|
---|
508 | defproc DefKey( KeyString, Cmd)
|
---|
509 | universal activeaccel
|
---|
510 | universal lastkeyaccelid
|
---|
511 | universal cua_menu_accel
|
---|
512 | Flags = 0
|
---|
513 |
|
---|
514 | String = KeyString
|
---|
515 | call GetAFFlags( String, KeyString, Char, Flags) -- parses modifier prefixes of String
|
---|
516 |
|
---|
517 | -- Parse lonekey option
|
---|
518 | fPadKey = 0
|
---|
519 | Options = upcase( arg( 3))
|
---|
520 | if Options <> '' then
|
---|
521 | if pos( Options, 'L') > 0 then
|
---|
522 | Flags = Flags + AF_LONEKEY
|
---|
523 | endif
|
---|
524 | endif
|
---|
525 |
|
---|
526 | -- Handle deactivated 'block Alt+letter keys from jumping to menu bar'
|
---|
527 | -- Note: These keys and F10 can't be recorded, they are handled by PM.
|
---|
528 | -- There exists no ETK procs to activate the menu.
|
---|
529 | if IsSingleKey( Char) then
|
---|
530 | if cua_menu_accel then
|
---|
531 | if Flags = AF_ALT & wordpos( Char, upcase( GetMenuAVar( 'usedmenuaccelerators'))) then
|
---|
532 | return
|
---|
533 | endif
|
---|
534 | endif
|
---|
535 | endif
|
---|
536 |
|
---|
537 | -- Remove previous key def in array vars, if any
|
---|
538 | PrevCmd = GetKeysAVar('keydef.'KeyString)
|
---|
539 | DelKeysAVar( 'keycmd.'PrevCmd, KeyString)
|
---|
540 |
|
---|
541 | -- Save key def in array to allow for searching for KeyString and Cmd
|
---|
542 | SetKeysAVar( 'keydef.'KeyString, Cmd)
|
---|
543 | AddKeysAVar( 'keycmd.'Cmd, KeyString) -- may have multiple key defs
|
---|
544 |
|
---|
545 | -- Add KeyString to category array vars
|
---|
546 | SaveKeyCat( KeyString)
|
---|
547 |
|
---|
548 | -- Handle key defs that have to be defined as ETK keys instead of PM
|
---|
549 | -- accelerator keys.
|
---|
550 | -- In order to type the single accent key '^' which is created by
|
---|
551 | -- <hat_key>+<space>, space must not be defined as accel key. Therefore
|
---|
552 | -- Space is defined with ExecKeyCmd. That means that it executes the
|
---|
553 | -- command that is stored by DefKey( Space, cmd) as an array var.
|
---|
554 | -- Ignore Alt+keypad number keys as accel keys here. Just save key in
|
---|
555 | -- array to query it by ExecKeyCmd.
|
---|
556 | -- That makes the Alt+keypad number keys work for entering a char by its
|
---|
557 | -- key code.
|
---|
558 | NonAccelKeys = GetKeysAVar( 'nonaccelkeys')
|
---|
559 | if wordpos( KeyString, NonAccelKeys) then
|
---|
560 | -- Save key def in a keyset-specific array
|
---|
561 | SetKeysAVar( 'nonaccelkeydef.'activeaccel'.'KeyString, Cmd)
|
---|
562 | return
|
---|
563 | endif
|
---|
564 |
|
---|
565 | if IsSingleKey( Char) then
|
---|
566 | Flags = Flags + AF_CHAR
|
---|
567 | if Flags bitand AF_SHIFT then
|
---|
568 | Key = asc( upcase( Char))
|
---|
569 | else
|
---|
570 | Key = asc( lowcase( Char))
|
---|
571 | endif
|
---|
572 | else
|
---|
573 | VK = GetVKConst( Char)
|
---|
574 | if VK > 0 then
|
---|
575 | Key = VK
|
---|
576 | Flags = Flags + AF_VIRTUALKEY
|
---|
577 | else
|
---|
578 | 'SayError Error: Unknown key string 'KeyString' specified.'
|
---|
579 | --dprintf( 'KeyString = 'KeyString', Cmd = 'Cmd', Flags = 'Flags', Key = 'Key', last id = 'lastkeyaccelid)
|
---|
580 | return
|
---|
581 | endif
|
---|
582 | endif
|
---|
583 |
|
---|
584 | AccelId = GetKeysAVar( 'keyid.'KeyString)
|
---|
585 | if AccelId = '' then
|
---|
586 | lastkeyaccelid = lastkeyaccelid + 1
|
---|
587 | if lastkeyaccelid = 8101 then -- 8101 is hardcoded as 'configdlg SYS'
|
---|
588 | lastkeyaccelid = lastkeyaccelid + 1
|
---|
589 | endif
|
---|
590 | AccelId = lastkeyaccelid
|
---|
591 | endif
|
---|
592 | -- Avoid to define c_break as accelerator key to keep the internal
|
---|
593 | -- definition working. That key is additionally defined as ProcessBreak
|
---|
594 | -- in STDKEYS.E, to make MenuAccelString() work.
|
---|
595 | if KeyString <> 'c_break' then
|
---|
596 | buildacceltable activeaccel, KeyString''\1''Cmd, Flags, Key, AccelId
|
---|
597 | endif
|
---|
598 |
|
---|
599 | -- Save key def in array to allow for searching for KeyString and Cmd
|
---|
600 | SetKeysAVar( 'keyid.'KeyString, AccelId)
|
---|
601 |
|
---|
602 | --if KeyString = 'alt' then
|
---|
603 | -- dprintf( 'KeyString = 'KeyString', Cmd = 'Cmd', Flags = 'Flags', Key = 'Key', id = 'lastkeyaccelid)
|
---|
604 | --endif
|
---|
605 | --if KeyString = 'c_s' then
|
---|
606 | -- dprintf( 'KeyString = 'KeyString', Cmd = 'Cmd', Flags = 'Flags', Key = 'Key', this id = 'AccelId', last id = 'lastkeyaccelid)
|
---|
607 | --endif
|
---|
608 |
|
---|
609 | /*
|
---|
610 | -- For non-letter chars: define also the shifted variant automatically
|
---|
611 | -- to make the defs more keyboard-independible.
|
---|
612 | if Flags bitand AF_CHAR and not Flags bitand AF_SHIFT then
|
---|
613 | if upcase( Key) = lowcase( Key) then
|
---|
614 | Flags = Flags + AF_SHIFT
|
---|
615 | lastkeyaccelid = lastkeyaccelid + 1
|
---|
616 | buildacceltable activeaccel, KeyString''\1''Cmd, Flags, Key, AccelId
|
---|
617 | endif
|
---|
618 | endif
|
---|
619 | */
|
---|
620 |
|
---|
621 | return
|
---|
622 |
|
---|
623 | ; Define a cmd to call the proc in profile.erx or for testing
|
---|
624 | defc DefKey
|
---|
625 | parse arg KeyString Cmd
|
---|
626 | if upcase( lastword( Cmd)) = 'L' then
|
---|
627 | Options = 'L'
|
---|
628 | Cmd = subword( Cmd, 1, words( Cmd) - 1)
|
---|
629 | else
|
---|
630 | Options = ''
|
---|
631 | endif
|
---|
632 | call DefKey( KeyString, Cmd, Options)
|
---|
633 |
|
---|
634 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
635 | ; Syntax: UnDefKey( KeyString)
|
---|
636 | defproc UnDefKey( KeyString)
|
---|
637 | universal activeaccel
|
---|
638 |
|
---|
639 | AccelId = GetKeysAVar( 'keyid.'KeyString)
|
---|
640 | if AccelId <> '' then
|
---|
641 | -- Define Ctrl+Alt (= nothing) for this id
|
---|
642 | -- Don't change the array var to allow for redefining this id again
|
---|
643 | buildacceltable activeaccel, '', AF_CONTROL+AF_VIRTUALKEY, VK_ALT, AccelId
|
---|
644 | -- Remove KeyString from 'keycmd.' array var
|
---|
645 | Cmd = GetKeysAVar('keydef.'KeyString)
|
---|
646 | DelKeysAVar( 'keycmd.'Cmd, KeyString)
|
---|
647 | else
|
---|
648 | -- No error message if key was not defined before
|
---|
649 | endif
|
---|
650 |
|
---|
651 | -- Remove KeyString from category array vars
|
---|
652 | DelKeyCat( KeyString)
|
---|
653 |
|
---|
654 | return
|
---|
655 |
|
---|
656 | ; Define a cmd to call the proc in profile.erx or for testing
|
---|
657 | defc UnDefKey
|
---|
658 | parse arg KeyString
|
---|
659 | call UnDefKey( KeyString)
|
---|
660 |
|
---|
661 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
662 | defproc DefKeyCategory( CategoryName)
|
---|
663 | universal activeaccel
|
---|
664 |
|
---|
665 | do once = 1 to 1
|
---|
666 | if CategoryName = '' then
|
---|
667 | leave
|
---|
668 | endif
|
---|
669 | Keyset = activeaccel
|
---|
670 | if Keyset = '' then
|
---|
671 | leave
|
---|
672 | endif
|
---|
673 |
|
---|
674 | --LastNum = GetKeysAVar( 'keycatname.0')
|
---|
675 | LastNum = GetKeysAVar( 'keycatname.'Keyset'.0')
|
---|
676 | if LastNum = '' then
|
---|
677 | LastNum = 0
|
---|
678 | endif
|
---|
679 |
|
---|
680 | -- Add only new categories for keyset
|
---|
681 | fLeave = 0
|
---|
682 | do n = 1 to LastNum
|
---|
683 | KeyCat = GetKeysAVar( 'keycatname.'Keyset'.'n)
|
---|
684 | if CategoryName = KeyCat then
|
---|
685 | -- Don't add existing categories
|
---|
686 | fLeave = 1
|
---|
687 | leave
|
---|
688 | endif
|
---|
689 | enddo
|
---|
690 | if fLeave then
|
---|
691 | leave
|
---|
692 | endif
|
---|
693 |
|
---|
694 | LastNum = LastNum + 1
|
---|
695 | --dprintf( 'Keyset = 'Keyset', n = 'LastNum', Category = 'CategoryName)
|
---|
696 | SetKeysAVar( 'keycatname.'Keyset'.'LastNum, CategoryName)
|
---|
697 | SetKeysAVar( 'keycatname.'Keyset'.0', LastNum)
|
---|
698 | enddo
|
---|
699 |
|
---|
700 | -- Allow for reset CategoryName if empty
|
---|
701 | SetKeysAVar( 'curkeycatname', CategoryName)
|
---|
702 |
|
---|
703 | return
|
---|
704 |
|
---|
705 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
706 | ; Add KeyString to category array vars
|
---|
707 | defproc SaveKeyCat( KeyString)
|
---|
708 | -- Query current key category
|
---|
709 | KeyCat = GetKeysAVar( 'curkeycatname')
|
---|
710 | if KeyCat = '' then
|
---|
711 | KeyCat = 'Miscellaneous'
|
---|
712 | endif
|
---|
713 | Keyset = GetKeysAVar( 'curkeysetcmd')
|
---|
714 | if Keyset <> '' then
|
---|
715 | -- Query previous category array var for KeyString
|
---|
716 | PrevKeyCat = GetKeysAVar( 'keycat.'Keyset'.'KeyString)
|
---|
717 | -- Process only, if change required
|
---|
718 | if PrevKeyCat <> KeyCat then
|
---|
719 | -- Remove KeyString from previous category list
|
---|
720 | DelKeysAVar( 'catkeys.'Keyset'.'PrevKeyCat, KeyString)
|
---|
721 | -- Add KeyString to category list
|
---|
722 | AddKeysAVar( 'catkeys.'Keyset'.'KeyCat, KeyString)
|
---|
723 | -- Save key def in array to allow for searching for KeyString and KeyCat
|
---|
724 | SetKeysAVar( 'keycat.'Keyset'.'KeyString, KeyCat)
|
---|
725 | endif
|
---|
726 | endif
|
---|
727 | return
|
---|
728 |
|
---|
729 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
730 | ; Remove KeyString from category array vars
|
---|
731 | defproc DelKeyCat( KeyString)
|
---|
732 | Keyset = GetKeysAVar( 'curkeysetcmd')
|
---|
733 | if Keyset <> '' then
|
---|
734 | -- Query previous category array var for KeyString
|
---|
735 | PrevKeyCat = GetKeysAVar( 'keycat.'Keyset'.'KeyString)
|
---|
736 | -- Remove KeyString from previous category list
|
---|
737 | DelKeysAVar( 'catkeys.'Keyset'.'PrevKeyCat, KeyString)
|
---|
738 | -- Remove var name from array
|
---|
739 | DropKeysAVar( 'keycat.'Keyset'.'KeyString)
|
---|
740 | endif
|
---|
741 | return
|
---|
742 |
|
---|
743 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
744 | defproc GetAFFlags( String, var KeyString, var Char, var Flags)
|
---|
745 | TmpStr = String
|
---|
746 |
|
---|
747 | -- Get prefix
|
---|
748 | fC_Prefix = 0
|
---|
749 | fA_Prefix = 0
|
---|
750 | fS_Prefix = 0
|
---|
751 | do l = 1 to length( TmpStr) -- Just an upper limit to prevent looping forever
|
---|
752 | if length( TmpStr) <= 2 then
|
---|
753 | leave
|
---|
754 | endif
|
---|
755 | ch1 = upcase( leftstr( TmpStr, 1))
|
---|
756 | ch2 = substr( TmpStr, 2, 1)
|
---|
757 | p1 = pos( ch1, 'CAS')
|
---|
758 | if not p1 then
|
---|
759 | leave
|
---|
760 | endif
|
---|
761 | p2 = pos( ch2, '_-+')
|
---|
762 | if not p2 then
|
---|
763 | leave
|
---|
764 | endif
|
---|
765 |
|
---|
766 | TmpStr = substr( TmpStr, 3)
|
---|
767 | if p1 = 1 then
|
---|
768 | fC_Prefix = 1
|
---|
769 | elseif p1 = 2 then
|
---|
770 | fA_Prefix = 1
|
---|
771 | elseif p1 = 3 then
|
---|
772 | fS_Prefix = 1
|
---|
773 | endif
|
---|
774 | enddo
|
---|
775 |
|
---|
776 | -- Char is String without prefix
|
---|
777 | Char = TmpStr
|
---|
778 |
|
---|
779 | Flags = 0
|
---|
780 | PrefixString = ''
|
---|
781 | if fC_Prefix = 1 then
|
---|
782 | Flags = Flags + AF_CONTROL -- 16
|
---|
783 | PrefixString = PrefixString'c_'
|
---|
784 | endif
|
---|
785 | if fA_Prefix = 1 then
|
---|
786 | Flags = Flags + AF_ALT -- 32
|
---|
787 | PrefixString = PrefixString'a_'
|
---|
788 | endif
|
---|
789 | if fS_Prefix = 1 then
|
---|
790 | Flags = Flags + AF_SHIFT -- 8
|
---|
791 | PrefixString = PrefixString's_'
|
---|
792 | endif
|
---|
793 |
|
---|
794 | -- Try to resolve virtual keys
|
---|
795 | VK = GetVKName( Char)
|
---|
796 |
|
---|
797 | -- Build return string
|
---|
798 | if VK = '' then
|
---|
799 | -- If not defined as virtual key, change KeyString to lowercase.
|
---|
800 | -- This allows to use these procs for mouse definitions as well.
|
---|
801 | KeyString = PrefixString''lowcase( Char)
|
---|
802 | else
|
---|
803 | KeyString = PrefixString''VK
|
---|
804 | endif
|
---|
805 |
|
---|
806 | return
|
---|
807 |
|
---|
808 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
809 | defproc NormalizeKeyString( String)
|
---|
810 | KeyString = ''
|
---|
811 | call GetAFFlags( String, KeyString, Char, Flags)
|
---|
812 | --dprintf( 'NormalizeKeyString( 'arg( 1)'): GetAFFlags( 'String', 'KeyString', 'Char', 'Flags')')
|
---|
813 | return KeyString
|
---|
814 |
|
---|
815 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
816 | defproc GetVKConst( String)
|
---|
817 | VK = 0
|
---|
818 | String = upcase( String)
|
---|
819 | if String = 'BREAK' then VK = VK_BREAK
|
---|
820 | elseif String = 'BACKSPACE' then VK = VK_BACKSPACE
|
---|
821 | elseif String = 'BKSPC' then VK = VK_BACKSPACE
|
---|
822 | elseif String = 'TAB' then VK = VK_TAB
|
---|
823 | elseif String = 'BACKTAB' then VK = VK_BACKTAB
|
---|
824 | elseif String = 'NEWLINE' then VK = VK_NEWLINE -- This is the regular Enter key
|
---|
825 | elseif String = 'SHIFT' then VK = VK_SHIFT
|
---|
826 | elseif String = 'CTRL' then VK = VK_CTRL
|
---|
827 | elseif String = 'ALT' then VK = VK_ALT
|
---|
828 | elseif String = 'ALTGRAF' then VK = VK_ALTGRAF
|
---|
829 | elseif String = 'ALTGR' then VK = VK_ALTGRAF
|
---|
830 | elseif String = 'PAUSE' then VK = VK_PAUSE
|
---|
831 | elseif String = 'CAPSLOCK' then VK = VK_CAPSLOCK
|
---|
832 | elseif String = 'ESC' then VK = VK_ESC
|
---|
833 | elseif String = 'SPACE' then VK = VK_SPACE
|
---|
834 | elseif String = 'PAGEUP' then VK = VK_PAGEUP
|
---|
835 | elseif String = 'PGUP' then VK = VK_PAGEUP
|
---|
836 | elseif String = 'PAGEDOWN' then VK = VK_PAGEDOWN
|
---|
837 | elseif String = 'PGDOWN' then VK = VK_PAGEDOWN
|
---|
838 | elseif String = 'PGDN' then VK = VK_PAGEDOWN
|
---|
839 | elseif String = 'END' then VK = VK_END
|
---|
840 | elseif String = 'HOME' then VK = VK_HOME
|
---|
841 | elseif String = 'LEFT' then VK = VK_LEFT
|
---|
842 | elseif String = 'UP' then VK = VK_UP
|
---|
843 | elseif String = 'RIGHT' then VK = VK_RIGHT
|
---|
844 | elseif String = 'DOWN' then VK = VK_DOWN
|
---|
845 | elseif String = 'DN' then VK = VK_DOWN
|
---|
846 | elseif String = 'PRINTSCRN' then VK = VK_PRINTSCRN
|
---|
847 | elseif String = 'INSERT' then VK = VK_INSERT
|
---|
848 | elseif String = 'INS' then VK = VK_INSERT
|
---|
849 | elseif String = 'DELETE' then VK = VK_DELETE
|
---|
850 | elseif String = 'DEL' then VK = VK_DELETE
|
---|
851 | elseif String = 'SCRLLOCK' then VK = VK_SCRLLOCK
|
---|
852 | elseif String = 'NUMLOCK' then VK = VK_NUMLOCK
|
---|
853 | elseif String = 'ENTER' then VK = VK_ENTER -- This is the numeric keypad Enter key
|
---|
854 | elseif String = 'PADENTER' then VK = VK_ENTER -- This is the numeric keypad Enter key
|
---|
855 | elseif String = 'SYSRQ' then VK = VK_SYSRQ
|
---|
856 | elseif String = 'F1' then VK = VK_F1
|
---|
857 | elseif String = 'F2' then VK = VK_F2
|
---|
858 | elseif String = 'F3' then VK = VK_F3
|
---|
859 | elseif String = 'F4' then VK = VK_F4
|
---|
860 | elseif String = 'F5' then VK = VK_F5
|
---|
861 | elseif String = 'F6' then VK = VK_F6
|
---|
862 | elseif String = 'F7' then VK = VK_F7
|
---|
863 | elseif String = 'F8' then VK = VK_F8
|
---|
864 | elseif String = 'F9' then VK = VK_F9
|
---|
865 | elseif String = 'F10' then VK = VK_F10
|
---|
866 | elseif String = 'F11' then VK = VK_F11
|
---|
867 | elseif String = 'F12' then VK = VK_F12
|
---|
868 | endif
|
---|
869 | return VK
|
---|
870 |
|
---|
871 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
872 | defproc GetVKName( String)
|
---|
873 | VK = ''
|
---|
874 | String = upcase( String)
|
---|
875 | if String = 'BREAK' then VK = 'break'
|
---|
876 | elseif String = 'BACKSPACE' then VK = 'backspace'
|
---|
877 | elseif String = 'BKSPC' then VK = 'backspace'
|
---|
878 | elseif String = 'TAB' then VK = 'tab'
|
---|
879 | elseif String = 'BACKTAB' then VK = 'backtab'
|
---|
880 | elseif String = 'NEWLINE' then VK = 'newline' -- This is the regular Enter key
|
---|
881 | elseif String = 'SHIFT' then VK = 'shift'
|
---|
882 | elseif String = 'CTRL' then VK = 'ctrl'
|
---|
883 | elseif String = 'ALT' then VK = 'alt'
|
---|
884 | elseif String = 'ALTGRAF' then VK = 'altgraf'
|
---|
885 | elseif String = 'ALTGR' then VK = 'altgraf'
|
---|
886 | elseif String = 'PAUSE' then VK = 'pause'
|
---|
887 | elseif String = 'CAPSLOCK' then VK = 'capslock'
|
---|
888 | elseif String = 'ESC' then VK = 'esc'
|
---|
889 | elseif String = 'SPACE' then VK = 'space'
|
---|
890 | elseif String = 'PAGEUP' then VK = 'pageup'
|
---|
891 | elseif String = 'PGUP' then VK = 'pageup'
|
---|
892 | elseif String = 'PAGEDOWN' then VK = 'pagedown'
|
---|
893 | elseif String = 'PGDOWN' then VK = 'pagedown'
|
---|
894 | elseif String = 'PGDN' then VK = 'pagedown'
|
---|
895 | elseif String = 'END' then VK = 'end'
|
---|
896 | elseif String = 'HOME' then VK = 'home'
|
---|
897 | elseif String = 'LEFT' then VK = 'left'
|
---|
898 | elseif String = 'UP' then VK = 'up'
|
---|
899 | elseif String = 'RIGHT' then VK = 'right'
|
---|
900 | elseif String = 'DOWN' then VK = 'down'
|
---|
901 | elseif String = 'DN' then VK = 'down'
|
---|
902 | elseif String = 'PRINTSCRN' then VK = 'printscrn'
|
---|
903 | elseif String = 'INSERT' then VK = 'insert'
|
---|
904 | elseif String = 'INS' then VK = 'insert'
|
---|
905 | elseif String = 'DELETE' then VK = 'delete'
|
---|
906 | elseif String = 'DEL' then VK = 'delete'
|
---|
907 | elseif String = 'SCRLLOCK' then VK = 'scrllock'
|
---|
908 | elseif String = 'NUMLOCK' then VK = 'numlock'
|
---|
909 | elseif String = 'ENTER' then VK = 'enter' -- This is the numeric keypad Enter key
|
---|
910 | elseif String = 'PADENTER' then VK = 'enter' -- This is the numeric keypad Enter key
|
---|
911 | elseif String = 'SYSRQ' then VK = 'sysrq'
|
---|
912 | elseif String = 'F1' then VK = 'f1'
|
---|
913 | elseif String = 'F2' then VK = 'f2'
|
---|
914 | elseif String = 'F3' then VK = 'f3'
|
---|
915 | elseif String = 'F4' then VK = 'f4'
|
---|
916 | elseif String = 'F5' then VK = 'f5'
|
---|
917 | elseif String = 'F6' then VK = 'f6'
|
---|
918 | elseif String = 'F7' then VK = 'f7'
|
---|
919 | elseif String = 'F8' then VK = 'f8'
|
---|
920 | elseif String = 'F9' then VK = 'f9'
|
---|
921 | elseif String = 'F10' then VK = 'f10'
|
---|
922 | elseif String = 'F11' then VK = 'f11'
|
---|
923 | elseif String = 'F12' then VK = 'f12'
|
---|
924 | endif
|
---|
925 | return VK
|
---|
926 |
|
---|
927 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
928 | const
|
---|
929 | ; Also added to ENGLISH.E
|
---|
930 | compile if not defined( NEWLINE_KEY__MSG)
|
---|
931 | NEWLINE_KEY__MSG = 'Newline'
|
---|
932 | compile endif
|
---|
933 |
|
---|
934 | defproc GetVKMenuName( String)
|
---|
935 | VK = ''
|
---|
936 | String = upcase( String)
|
---|
937 | if String = 'BREAK' then VK = 'Brk'
|
---|
938 | elseif String = 'BACKSPACE' then VK = BACKSPACE_KEY__MSG
|
---|
939 | elseif String = 'BKSPC' then VK = BACKSPACE_KEY__MSG
|
---|
940 | elseif String = 'TAB' then VK = 'Tab'
|
---|
941 | elseif String = 'BACKTAB' then VK = 'BackTab'
|
---|
942 | elseif String = 'NEWLINE' then VK = NEWLINE_KEY__MSG -- This is the regular Enter key
|
---|
943 | elseif String = 'SHIFT' then VK = SHIFT_KEY__MSG
|
---|
944 | elseif String = 'CTRL' then VK = CTRL_KEY__MSG
|
---|
945 | elseif String = 'ALT' then VK = ALT_KEY__MSG
|
---|
946 | elseif String = 'ALTGRAF' then VK = 'AltGraf'
|
---|
947 | elseif String = 'ALTGR' then VK = 'AltGraf'
|
---|
948 | elseif String = 'PAUSE' then VK = 'Pause'
|
---|
949 | elseif String = 'CAPSLOCK' then VK = 'Capslock'
|
---|
950 | elseif String = 'ESC' then VK = ESCAPE_KEY__MSG
|
---|
951 | elseif String = 'SPACE' then VK = 'Space'
|
---|
952 | elseif String = 'PAGEUP' then VK = 'PgUp'
|
---|
953 | elseif String = 'PGUP' then VK = 'PgUp'
|
---|
954 | elseif String = 'PAGEDOWN' then VK = 'PgDown'
|
---|
955 | elseif String = 'PGDOWN' then VK = 'PgDown'
|
---|
956 | elseif String = 'PGDN' then VK = 'PgDown'
|
---|
957 | elseif String = 'END' then VK = 'End'
|
---|
958 | elseif String = 'HOME' then VK = 'Home'
|
---|
959 | elseif String = 'LEFT' then VK = 'Left'
|
---|
960 | elseif String = 'UP' then VK = UP_KEY__MSG
|
---|
961 | elseif String = 'RIGHT' then VK = 'Right'
|
---|
962 | elseif String = 'DOWN' then VK = DOWN_KEY__MSG
|
---|
963 | elseif String = 'DN' then VK = DOWN_KEY__MSG
|
---|
964 | elseif String = 'PRINTSCRN' then VK = 'PrtScrn'
|
---|
965 | elseif String = 'INSERT' then VK = INSERT_KEY__MSG
|
---|
966 | elseif String = 'INS' then VK = INSERT_KEY__MSG
|
---|
967 | elseif String = 'DELETE' then VK = DELETE_KEY__MSG
|
---|
968 | elseif String = 'DEL' then VK = DELETE_KEY__MSG
|
---|
969 | elseif String = 'SCRLLOCK' then VK = 'ScrlLock'
|
---|
970 | elseif String = 'NUMLOCK' then VK = 'NumLock'
|
---|
971 | elseif String = 'ENTER' then VK = PADENTER_KEY__MSG -- This is the numeric keypad Enter key
|
---|
972 | elseif String = 'PADENTER' then VK = PADENTER_KEY__MSG -- This is the numeric keypad Enter key
|
---|
973 | elseif String = 'SYSRQ' then VK = 'SysRq'
|
---|
974 | elseif String = 'F1' then VK = 'F1'
|
---|
975 | elseif String = 'F2' then VK = 'F2'
|
---|
976 | elseif String = 'F3' then VK = 'F3'
|
---|
977 | elseif String = 'F4' then VK = 'F4'
|
---|
978 | elseif String = 'F5' then VK = 'F5'
|
---|
979 | elseif String = 'F6' then VK = 'F6'
|
---|
980 | elseif String = 'F7' then VK = 'F7'
|
---|
981 | elseif String = 'F8' then VK = 'F8'
|
---|
982 | elseif String = 'F9' then VK = 'F9'
|
---|
983 | elseif String = 'F10' then VK = 'F10'
|
---|
984 | elseif String = 'F11' then VK = 'F11'
|
---|
985 | elseif String = 'F12' then VK = 'F12'
|
---|
986 | endif
|
---|
987 | return VK
|
---|
988 |
|
---|
989 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
990 | defproc GetVKString( VkCode)
|
---|
991 | String = ''
|
---|
992 | if VkCode = VK_BREAK then String = 'break'
|
---|
993 | elseif VkCode = VK_BACKSPACE then String = 'backspace'
|
---|
994 | elseif VkCode = VK_TAB then String = 'tab'
|
---|
995 | elseif VkCode = VK_BACKTAB then String = 'backtab'
|
---|
996 | elseif VkCode = VK_NEWLINE then String = 'newline'
|
---|
997 | elseif VkCode = VK_SHIFT then String = 'shift'
|
---|
998 | elseif VkCode = VK_CTRL then String = 'ctrl'
|
---|
999 | elseif VkCode = VK_ALT then String = 'alt'
|
---|
1000 | elseif VkCode = VK_ALTGRAF then String = 'altgraf'
|
---|
1001 | elseif VkCode = VK_PAUSE then String = 'pause'
|
---|
1002 | elseif VkCode = VK_CAPSLOCK then String = 'capslock'
|
---|
1003 | elseif VkCode = VK_ESC then String = 'esc'
|
---|
1004 | elseif VkCode = VK_SPACE then String = 'space'
|
---|
1005 | elseif VkCode = VK_PAGEUP then String = 'pageup'
|
---|
1006 | elseif VkCode = VK_PAGEDOWN then String = 'pagedown'
|
---|
1007 | elseif VkCode = VK_END then String = 'end'
|
---|
1008 | elseif VkCode = VK_HOME then String = 'home'
|
---|
1009 | elseif VkCode = VK_LEFT then String = 'left'
|
---|
1010 | elseif VkCode = VK_UP then String = 'up'
|
---|
1011 | elseif VkCode = VK_RIGHT then String = 'right'
|
---|
1012 | elseif VkCode = VK_DOWN then String = 'down'
|
---|
1013 | elseif VkCode = VK_DOWN then String = 'dn'
|
---|
1014 | elseif VkCode = VK_PRINTSCRN then String = 'printscrn'
|
---|
1015 | elseif VkCode = VK_INSERT then String = 'insert'
|
---|
1016 | elseif VkCode = VK_DELETE then String = 'delete'
|
---|
1017 | elseif VkCode = VK_SCRLLOCK then String = 'scrllock'
|
---|
1018 | elseif VkCode = VK_NUMLOCK then String = 'numlock'
|
---|
1019 | elseif VkCode = VK_ENTER then String = 'padenter'
|
---|
1020 | elseif VkCode = VK_SYSRQ then String = 'sysrq'
|
---|
1021 | elseif VkCode = VK_F1 then String = 'f1'
|
---|
1022 | elseif VkCode = VK_F2 then String = 'f2'
|
---|
1023 | elseif VkCode = VK_F3 then String = 'f3'
|
---|
1024 | elseif VkCode = VK_F4 then String = 'f4'
|
---|
1025 | elseif VkCode = VK_F5 then String = 'f5'
|
---|
1026 | elseif VkCode = VK_F6 then String = 'f6'
|
---|
1027 | elseif VkCode = VK_F7 then String = 'f7'
|
---|
1028 | elseif VkCode = VK_F8 then String = 'f8'
|
---|
1029 | elseif VkCode = VK_F9 then String = 'f9'
|
---|
1030 | elseif VkCode = VK_F10 then String = 'f10'
|
---|
1031 | elseif VkCode = VK_F11 then String = 'f11'
|
---|
1032 | elseif VkCode = VK_F12 then String = 'f12'
|
---|
1033 | endif
|
---|
1034 | return String
|
---|
1035 |
|
---|
1036 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
1037 | ; Get key def as appendix for a menu item text, with a prepended tab char,
|
---|
1038 | ; if any text. Supports multiple Cmds, if specified as separate args.
|
---|
1039 | defproc MenuAccelString
|
---|
1040 | AccelString = ''
|
---|
1041 | do i = 1 to arg()
|
---|
1042 | Cmd = arg( i)
|
---|
1043 | if Cmd = '' then
|
---|
1044 | iterate
|
---|
1045 | endif
|
---|
1046 |
|
---|
1047 | -- Query array var, defined by DefKey
|
---|
1048 | KeyString = strip( GetKeysAVar( 'keycmd.'Cmd))
|
---|
1049 | if KeyString = '' then
|
---|
1050 | iterate
|
---|
1051 | endif
|
---|
1052 |
|
---|
1053 | -- A Cmd may have multiple key defs, each appended by a space
|
---|
1054 | do w = 1 to words( KeyString)
|
---|
1055 | Rest = word( KeyString, w)
|
---|
1056 | ThisString = ''
|
---|
1057 | if pos( 'c_', Rest) = 1 then
|
---|
1058 | ThisString = ThisString''CTRL_KEY__MSG'+'
|
---|
1059 | Rest = substr( Rest, 3)
|
---|
1060 | endif
|
---|
1061 | if pos( 'a_', Rest) = 1 then
|
---|
1062 | ThisString = ThisString''ALT_KEY__MSG'+'
|
---|
1063 | Rest = substr( Rest, 3)
|
---|
1064 | endif
|
---|
1065 | if pos( 's_', Rest) = 1 then
|
---|
1066 | ThisString = ThisString''SHIFT_KEY__MSG'+'
|
---|
1067 | Rest = substr( Rest, 3)
|
---|
1068 | endif
|
---|
1069 | if Rest <> '' then
|
---|
1070 | VKString = GetVKMenuName( Rest)
|
---|
1071 | if VKString <> '' then
|
---|
1072 | ThisString = ThisString''VKString
|
---|
1073 | else
|
---|
1074 | ThisString = ThisString''upcase( Rest)
|
---|
1075 | endif
|
---|
1076 | endif
|
---|
1077 | if AccelString <> '' then
|
---|
1078 | AccelString = AccelString' | 'ThisString
|
---|
1079 | else
|
---|
1080 | AccelString = ThisString
|
---|
1081 | endif
|
---|
1082 | enddo
|
---|
1083 | enddo
|
---|
1084 | if AccelString <> '' then
|
---|
1085 | AccelString = \9''AccelString
|
---|
1086 | endif
|
---|
1087 | return AccelString
|
---|
1088 |
|
---|
1089 | ; For testing:
|
---|
1090 | defc MenuAccelString
|
---|
1091 | Cmd = strip( arg( 1))
|
---|
1092 | 'SayError Menu item text appendix for "'Cmd'" is: |'MenuAccelString( Cmd)'|'
|
---|
1093 |
|
---|
1094 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
1095 | ; This is for .KEYSET_DEFINITIONS_* files. It converts a KeyString to a
|
---|
1096 | ; String as used for menu item texts to display the key def.
|
---|
1097 | defproc ConvertKeyString( KeyString)
|
---|
1098 | ThisString = ''
|
---|
1099 | Rest = KeyString
|
---|
1100 | do while Rest <> ''
|
---|
1101 | if pos( 'c_', Rest) = 1 then
|
---|
1102 | ThisString = ThisString''CTRL_KEY__MSG'+'
|
---|
1103 | Rest = substr( Rest, 3)
|
---|
1104 | iterate
|
---|
1105 | endif
|
---|
1106 | if pos( 'a_', Rest) = 1 then
|
---|
1107 | ThisString = ThisString''ALT_KEY__MSG'+'
|
---|
1108 | Rest = substr( Rest, 3)
|
---|
1109 | iterate
|
---|
1110 | endif
|
---|
1111 | if pos( 's_', Rest) = 1 then
|
---|
1112 | ThisString = ThisString''SHIFT_KEY__MSG'+'
|
---|
1113 | Rest = substr( Rest, 3)
|
---|
1114 | iterate
|
---|
1115 | endif
|
---|
1116 | if Rest <> '' then
|
---|
1117 | VKString = GetVKMenuName( Rest)
|
---|
1118 | if VKString <> '' then
|
---|
1119 | ThisString = ThisString''VKString
|
---|
1120 | else
|
---|
1121 | CapRest = upcase( leftstr( Rest, 1))''substr( Rest, 2)
|
---|
1122 | ThisString = ThisString''CapRest
|
---|
1123 | endif
|
---|
1124 | Rest = ''
|
---|
1125 | endif
|
---|
1126 | enddo
|
---|
1127 |
|
---|
1128 | return ThisString
|
---|
1129 |
|
---|
1130 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
1131 | ; Called by ProcessCommand in MENU.E
|
---|
1132 | defproc ExecAccelKey
|
---|
1133 | parse value( arg( 1)) with KeyString \1 Cmd
|
---|
1134 |
|
---|
1135 | call SaveKeyCmd( arg( 1))
|
---|
1136 | fExpanded = ExpandKey()
|
---|
1137 | --dprintf( 'ExecAccelKey: KeyString = 'KeyString', fExpanded = 'fExpanded)
|
---|
1138 |
|
---|
1139 | if fExpanded = 0 then
|
---|
1140 | Cmd
|
---|
1141 | endif
|
---|
1142 | return
|
---|
1143 |
|
---|
1144 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
1145 | ; ExpandKey is called by ExecKeyCmd, ExecAccelKey and ExecMenuItem.
|
---|
1146 | defproc ExpandKey
|
---|
1147 | universal expand_on
|
---|
1148 |
|
---|
1149 | fExpanded = 0
|
---|
1150 | do once = 1 to 1
|
---|
1151 |
|
---|
1152 | -- Check first if any expansion is enabled
|
---|
1153 | KeyPath = '\NEPMD\User\SpecialKeys\MatchFindOpening'
|
---|
1154 | fFindOpening = QueryConfigKey( KeyPath)
|
---|
1155 | KeyPath = '\NEPMD\User\SpecialKeys\MatchInsertPair'
|
---|
1156 | fInsertPair = QueryConfigKey( KeyPath)
|
---|
1157 |
|
---|
1158 | if fFindOpening | fInsertPair | expand_on then
|
---|
1159 | -- Ensure that cursor is not within a comment or literal
|
---|
1160 | Mode = GetMode()
|
---|
1161 | if InsideCommentLiteral( Mode) then
|
---|
1162 | leave
|
---|
1163 | endif
|
---|
1164 | endif
|
---|
1165 |
|
---|
1166 | if fFindOpening | fInsertPair then
|
---|
1167 | -- Try to expand match char
|
---|
1168 | fExpanded = (ExpandMatchChars() == 1)
|
---|
1169 | if fExpanded = 1 then
|
---|
1170 | leave
|
---|
1171 | endif
|
---|
1172 | endif
|
---|
1173 |
|
---|
1174 | if expand_on then
|
---|
1175 | -- Try to expand syntax
|
---|
1176 | fExpanded = (ExpandSyntax() == 1)
|
---|
1177 | if fExpanded = 1 then
|
---|
1178 | leave
|
---|
1179 | endif
|
---|
1180 | endif
|
---|
1181 | enddo
|
---|
1182 |
|
---|
1183 | -- fExpanded = 1 must stop further processing in the calling proc.
|
---|
1184 | return fExpanded
|
---|
1185 |
|
---|
1186 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
1187 | ; Keyset array vars:
|
---|
1188 | ;
|
---|
1189 | ; 'keysets' list of defined keysets
|
---|
1190 | ; 'keyset.'name list of subkeysets (keyset cmds) for keyset name
|
---|
1191 | ; 'keysetused.'cmdname list of keysets that use cmdname
|
---|
1192 | ; (this var allows for changing keysets for all
|
---|
1193 | ; loaded files, not just for newly loaded files)
|
---|
1194 | ;
|
---|
1195 | ; Examples with cuakeys active: Examples without cuakeys active:
|
---|
1196 | ; 'keysets' = 'std shell' 'keysets' = 'std shell'
|
---|
1197 | ; 'keyset.std' = 'std cua' 'keyset.std' = 'std'
|
---|
1198 | ; 'keysetused.std' = 'std shell' 'keysetused.std' = 'std shell'
|
---|
1199 | ; 'keyset.shell' = 'std cua shell' 'keyset.shell' = 'std shell'
|
---|
1200 | ; 'keysetused.shell' = 'shell' 'keysetused.shell' = 'shell'
|
---|
1201 | ;
|
---|
1202 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
1203 | ; Define a named accel table. It has to be activated with SetKeyset.
|
---|
1204 | ;
|
---|
1205 | ; Syntax: DefKeyset [<name>] [<keyset_cmd_1> <keyset_cmd_2> ...]
|
---|
1206 | ; DefKeyset [<name>] [<name_3>value] <keyset_cmd_4> ...]
|
---|
1207 | ;
|
---|
1208 | ; Instead of a keyset cmd, a keyset name can be specified (with 'value'
|
---|
1209 | ; appended). Then the specified keyset will be extended.
|
---|
1210 | defc DefAccel, DefKeyset
|
---|
1211 | universal activeaccel
|
---|
1212 | universal lastkeyaccelid
|
---|
1213 | universal LoadState
|
---|
1214 |
|
---|
1215 | -- Default accel table name = 'std' (standard EPM uses 'defaccel')
|
---|
1216 | StdName = 'std'
|
---|
1217 |
|
---|
1218 | -- Init accel table defs
|
---|
1219 | StartAccelId = 10000 -- max. = 65534 (65535 is hardcoded as Halt cmd)
|
---|
1220 | if lastkeyaccelid < StartAccelId then
|
---|
1221 | lastkeyaccelid = StartAccelId
|
---|
1222 | activeaccel = StdName
|
---|
1223 | -- Bug in ETK: first def is ignored, therefore add a dummy def here
|
---|
1224 | -- This must be a valid def, otherwise the menu is not loaded at startup:
|
---|
1225 | buildacceltable StdName, 'SayError Ignored!', AF_VIRTUALKEY, VK_ALT, lastkeyaccelid
|
---|
1226 | endif
|
---|
1227 |
|
---|
1228 | parse arg Keyset SubKeysets
|
---|
1229 |
|
---|
1230 | Keyset = strip( Keyset)
|
---|
1231 | if Keyset = '' | lowcase( Keyset) = 'edit' | lowcase( Keyset) = 'default' then
|
---|
1232 | Keyset = StdName
|
---|
1233 | endif
|
---|
1234 | Keyset = lowcase( Keyset)
|
---|
1235 |
|
---|
1236 | SubKeysets = strip( SubKeysets)
|
---|
1237 | SubKeysets = lowcase( SubKeysets)
|
---|
1238 | if SubKeysets = '' then
|
---|
1239 | -- Use default keyset defs
|
---|
1240 | if Keyset = StdName then
|
---|
1241 | SubKeysets = StdName -- use defc stdkeys
|
---|
1242 | else
|
---|
1243 | SubKeysets = StdName'value' Keyset -- extend stdkeys with defc Namekeys
|
---|
1244 | endif
|
---|
1245 | endif
|
---|
1246 |
|
---|
1247 | SavedAccel = activeaccel
|
---|
1248 | activeaccel = Keyset
|
---|
1249 | --dprintf( 'DefKeyset: Keyset = 'Keyset', SubKeysets = 'SubKeysets', SavedAccel = 'SavedAccel)
|
---|
1250 |
|
---|
1251 | -- Parse keyset definition list and get resolved list of SubKeysets.
|
---|
1252 | -- Keyset command defs have 'keys' appended. In the following, the
|
---|
1253 | -- term 'keyset cmd' means the command without 'keys'. The same applies
|
---|
1254 | -- for the array vars, were the string without 'keys' is used, too.
|
---|
1255 | List = SubKeysets
|
---|
1256 | SubKeysets = ''
|
---|
1257 | do w = 1 to words( List)
|
---|
1258 | SubKeyset = word( List, w)
|
---|
1259 | --dprintf( 'DefKeyset: SubKeyset = 'SubKeyset)
|
---|
1260 | -- Allow for specifying a keyset name instead of a list of keyset defs
|
---|
1261 | -- (e.g. 'stdvalue' instead of 'std cua')
|
---|
1262 | if rightstr( SubKeyset, 5) = 'value' and length( SubKeyset) > 5 then
|
---|
1263 | SubName = leftstr( SubKeyset, length( SubKeyset) - 5)
|
---|
1264 | SubList = GetKeysAVar( 'keyset.'SubName)
|
---|
1265 | do s = 1 to words( SubList)
|
---|
1266 | ThisSubKeyset = word( SubList, s)
|
---|
1267 | SubKeysets = SubKeysets ThisSubKeyset
|
---|
1268 | enddo
|
---|
1269 | else
|
---|
1270 | SubKeysets = SubKeysets SubKeyset
|
---|
1271 | endif
|
---|
1272 | enddo
|
---|
1273 | SubKeysets = strip( SubKeysets)
|
---|
1274 |
|
---|
1275 | -- Remove doubled and undefined entries
|
---|
1276 | -- Try to link SubKeysets if not defined
|
---|
1277 | Next = ''
|
---|
1278 | Rest = SubKeysets
|
---|
1279 | do forever
|
---|
1280 | if Rest = '' then
|
---|
1281 | leave
|
---|
1282 | endif
|
---|
1283 | parse value Rest with SubKeyset Rest
|
---|
1284 | SubKeyset = strip( SubKeyset)
|
---|
1285 | Rest = strip( Rest)
|
---|
1286 | if wordpos( SubKeyset, Rest) then
|
---|
1287 | iterate
|
---|
1288 | endif
|
---|
1289 | -- Check if SubKeyset'keys' is defined as defc and
|
---|
1290 | -- maybe link SubKeyset'keys'
|
---|
1291 | fIsDefined = KeysetCmdExists( SubKeyset)
|
---|
1292 | -- Append SubKeyset only if defined
|
---|
1293 | if not fIsDefined then
|
---|
1294 | iterate
|
---|
1295 | endif
|
---|
1296 | Next = Next SubKeyset
|
---|
1297 | enddo
|
---|
1298 | SubKeysets = strip( Next)
|
---|
1299 |
|
---|
1300 | if SubKeysets <> '' then
|
---|
1301 | -- Change array vars for this keyset name
|
---|
1302 | PrevSubKeysets = GetKeysAVar( 'keyset.'Keyset)
|
---|
1303 | --dprintf( 'DefKeySet: PrevSubKeysets = 'PrevSubKeysets)
|
---|
1304 | if PrevSubKeysets <> SubKeysets then
|
---|
1305 | -- For all previous keyset commands
|
---|
1306 | do k = 1 to words( PrevSubKeysets)
|
---|
1307 | SubKeyset = word( PrevSubKeysets, k)
|
---|
1308 | -- Remove keyset name from array var for this SubKeyset
|
---|
1309 | DelKeysAVar( 'keysetused.'SubKeyset, Keyset)
|
---|
1310 | enddo
|
---|
1311 | endif
|
---|
1312 |
|
---|
1313 | --dprintf( 'DefKeySet: Keyset = 'Keyset', SubKeysets = 'SubKeysets)
|
---|
1314 |
|
---|
1315 | -- Set array vars for this keyset name
|
---|
1316 | AddKeysAVar( 'keysets', Keyset)
|
---|
1317 | SetKeysAVar( 'keyset.'Keyset, SubKeysets)
|
---|
1318 |
|
---|
1319 | -- Set array var for each keyset command and execute it
|
---|
1320 | do k = 1 to words( SubKeysets)
|
---|
1321 | SubKeyset = word( SubKeysets, k)
|
---|
1322 | -- Add keyset name to array var for this keyset cmd
|
---|
1323 | AddKeysAVar( 'keysetused.'SubKeyset, Keyset)
|
---|
1324 | -- Execute keyset cmd (with 'keys' appended)
|
---|
1325 | SubKeyset'keys'
|
---|
1326 | enddo
|
---|
1327 |
|
---|
1328 | -- For Keyset = 'std' write also AddKeyDefs
|
---|
1329 | if Keyset = 'std' then
|
---|
1330 | AddKeyDefs = word( SubKeysets, 2) -- empty for 'std' = 'std'
|
---|
1331 | KeyPathSelected = '\NEPMD\User\Keysets\AddKeyDefs\Selected'
|
---|
1332 | WriteConfigKey( KeyPathSelected, AddKeyDefs)
|
---|
1333 | endif
|
---|
1334 |
|
---|
1335 | endif
|
---|
1336 |
|
---|
1337 | -- The BlockAlt key subset needn't to be added to the 'keysets' array var
|
---|
1338 | 'BlockAltKeys'
|
---|
1339 |
|
---|
1340 | activeaccel = SavedAccel
|
---|
1341 |
|
---|
1342 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
1343 | defproc KeysetCmdExists( SubKeyset)
|
---|
1344 | fIsDefined = 0
|
---|
1345 |
|
---|
1346 | do once = 1 to 1
|
---|
1347 | -- Check if Keyset cmd exists
|
---|
1348 | if isadefc( SubKeyset'keys') then
|
---|
1349 | fIsDefined = 1
|
---|
1350 | leave
|
---|
1351 | endif
|
---|
1352 |
|
---|
1353 | -- Check if .EX file exists
|
---|
1354 | findfile ExFile, SubKeyset'keys.ex', 'EPMPATH'
|
---|
1355 | if rc then
|
---|
1356 | leave
|
---|
1357 | endif
|
---|
1358 |
|
---|
1359 | -- Check if .EX file is linked
|
---|
1360 | linkedrc = linked( SubKeyset'keys.ex')
|
---|
1361 | if linkedrc >= 0 then
|
---|
1362 | leave
|
---|
1363 | endif
|
---|
1364 |
|
---|
1365 | -- Link .EX file
|
---|
1366 | 'Link quiet' SubKeyset'keys'
|
---|
1367 | --dprintf( 'KeysetCmdExists: Keyset "'SubKeyset'Keys" linked, rc = 'rc)
|
---|
1368 |
|
---|
1369 | -- Check rc from Link if .EX file is linked
|
---|
1370 | if rc < 0 then
|
---|
1371 | leave
|
---|
1372 | endif
|
---|
1373 |
|
---|
1374 | -- Check if Keyset cmd exists
|
---|
1375 | if isadefc( SubKeyset'keys') then
|
---|
1376 | fIsDefined = 1
|
---|
1377 | leave
|
---|
1378 | endif
|
---|
1379 | enddo
|
---|
1380 |
|
---|
1381 | return fIsDefined
|
---|
1382 |
|
---|
1383 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
1384 | ; Block Alt and/or AltGr from switching to the menu
|
---|
1385 | ; PM defines the key F10 to jump to the menu, like Alt and AltGraf.
|
---|
1386 | ; It can be used instead, if it's not redefined.
|
---|
1387 | ; To block these PM def, Alt and AltGraf have to be defined with the
|
---|
1388 | ; AF_LONEKEY flag.
|
---|
1389 | defc BlockAltKeys
|
---|
1390 | -- Block Alt and/or AltGr from switching to the menu
|
---|
1391 | -- PM defines the key F10 to jump to the menu, like Alt and AltGraf.
|
---|
1392 | -- It can be used instead, if it's not redefined.
|
---|
1393 | -- To block these PM def, Alt and AltGraf have to be defined with the
|
---|
1394 | -- AF_LONEKEY flag.
|
---|
1395 | -- Redefine every used accel keyset
|
---|
1396 | KeyPath = '\NEPMD\User\SpecialKeys\Alt\BlockLeftAlt'
|
---|
1397 | fBlocked1 = QueryConfigKey( KeyPath)
|
---|
1398 | KeyPath = '\NEPMD\User\SpecialKeys\Alt\BlockRightAlt'
|
---|
1399 | fBlocked2 = QueryConfigKey( KeyPath)
|
---|
1400 |
|
---|
1401 | if fBlocked1 = 1 then
|
---|
1402 | DefKeyCategory( 'Block alt keys')
|
---|
1403 | DefKey( 'alt', '', 'L')
|
---|
1404 | else
|
---|
1405 | UnDefKey( 'alt')
|
---|
1406 | endif
|
---|
1407 |
|
---|
1408 | if fBlocked2 = 1 then
|
---|
1409 | DefKeyCategory( 'Block alt keys')
|
---|
1410 | DefKey( 'altgraf', '', 'L')
|
---|
1411 | else
|
---|
1412 | UnDefKey( 'altgraf')
|
---|
1413 | endif
|
---|
1414 |
|
---|
1415 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
1416 | ; Redefine every used accel keyset. This can be used by the menu commands
|
---|
1417 | ; toggle_block_left_alt_key and toggle_block_right_alt_key to activate the
|
---|
1418 | ; changed behavior for all loaded keysets.
|
---|
1419 | defc RefreshBlockAlt
|
---|
1420 | universal activeaccel
|
---|
1421 |
|
---|
1422 | KeyPath = '\NEPMD\User\SpecialKeys\Alt\BlockLeftAlt'
|
---|
1423 | fBlocked1 = QueryConfigKey( KeyPath)
|
---|
1424 | KeyPath = '\NEPMD\User\SpecialKeys\Alt\BlockRightAlt'
|
---|
1425 | fBlocked2 = QueryConfigKey( KeyPath)
|
---|
1426 |
|
---|
1427 | SavedAccel = activeaccel
|
---|
1428 | KeySets = strip( GetKeysAVar( 'keysets'))
|
---|
1429 |
|
---|
1430 | do w = 1 to words( KeySets)
|
---|
1431 | KeySet = word( KeySets, w)
|
---|
1432 | activeaccel = KeySet
|
---|
1433 |
|
---|
1434 | if fBlocked1 = 1 then
|
---|
1435 | DefKeyCategory( 'Block alt keys')
|
---|
1436 | DefKey( 'alt', '', 'L')
|
---|
1437 | else
|
---|
1438 | UnDefKey( 'alt')
|
---|
1439 | endif
|
---|
1440 |
|
---|
1441 | if fBlocked2 = 1 then
|
---|
1442 | DefKeyCategory( 'Block alt keys')
|
---|
1443 | DefKey( 'altgraf', '', 'L')
|
---|
1444 | else
|
---|
1445 | UnDefKey( 'altgraf')
|
---|
1446 | endif
|
---|
1447 |
|
---|
1448 | enddo
|
---|
1449 | activeaccel = SavedAccel
|
---|
1450 |
|
---|
1451 | activateacceltable activeaccel
|
---|
1452 |
|
---|
1453 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
1454 | defc DisableSwitchKeyset
|
---|
1455 | universal switchkeysetdisabled
|
---|
1456 | switchkeysetdisabled = 1
|
---|
1457 |
|
---|
1458 | defc EnableSwitchKeyset
|
---|
1459 | universal switchkeysetdisabled
|
---|
1460 | switchkeysetdisabled = 0
|
---|
1461 |
|
---|
1462 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
1463 | defproc ExpandKeyset
|
---|
1464 | parse arg Keyset SubKeysets
|
---|
1465 | Keyset = lowcase( strip( Keyset))
|
---|
1466 | -- Default accel table name = 'std' (standard EPM uses 'defaccel')
|
---|
1467 | if Keyset = '' | Keyset = 'default' then
|
---|
1468 | Keyset = 'std'
|
---|
1469 | endif
|
---|
1470 | SubKeysets = lowcase( strip( SubKeysets))
|
---|
1471 | if SubKeysets = '' then
|
---|
1472 | SubKeysets = GetKeysAVar( 'keyset.'Keyset)
|
---|
1473 | endif
|
---|
1474 | return strip( Keyset SubKeysets)
|
---|
1475 |
|
---|
1476 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
1477 | ; Init 'std' keyset. This must be executed before executing LoadAccel and
|
---|
1478 | ; before loading the menu. It is done in CONFIG.E:"defc InitConfig".
|
---|
1479 | defc InitStdKeyset
|
---|
1480 | StdName = 'std'
|
---|
1481 | 'SetKeyset2' StdName
|
---|
1482 |
|
---|
1483 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
1484 | defc LoadAccel
|
---|
1485 | parse arg Args
|
---|
1486 | if Args = '' then
|
---|
1487 | 'SetKeyset std'
|
---|
1488 | else
|
---|
1489 | 'SetKeyset' Args -- defined in MODEEXEC.E
|
---|
1490 | endif
|
---|
1491 |
|
---|
1492 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
1493 | ; SetKeyset: defined in MODEEXEC.E, contains mode-specific part, calls:
|
---|
1494 | ; SetKeyset2: switches keyset and maybe defines it.
|
---|
1495 | ; Syntax: SetKeyset <keyset_name> [<list_of_keyset_defs>]
|
---|
1496 | ; Examples:
|
---|
1497 | ; SetKeyset std switch to keyset 'std'
|
---|
1498 | ; SetKeyset std std cua define and switch to keyset 'std' = StdKeys and CuaKeys
|
---|
1499 | ; SetKeyset std std define and switch to keyset 'std' = StdKeys
|
---|
1500 | ; SetKeyset rexx stdvalue rexx define and switch to keyset 'rexx' = value of 'std' and RexxKeys
|
---|
1501 | ; SetKeyset rexx switch to keyset 'rexx'
|
---|
1502 | defc SetKeyset2
|
---|
1503 | universal activeaccel
|
---|
1504 | universal switchkeysetdisabled
|
---|
1505 | universal keysetchanged
|
---|
1506 | universal menuloaded
|
---|
1507 | universal refreshmenudisabled
|
---|
1508 | universal refreshmenustate
|
---|
1509 |
|
---|
1510 | parse value ExpandKeyset( arg( 1)) with Keyset SubKeysets
|
---|
1511 |
|
---|
1512 | DefinedKeysets = GetKeysAVar( 'keysets')
|
---|
1513 | KeyPathSelected = '\NEPMD\User\Keysets\AddKeyDefs\Selected'
|
---|
1514 | AddKeyDefs = QueryConfigKey( KeyPathSelected)
|
---|
1515 | PrevSubKeysets = strip( GetKeysAVar( 'keyset.'Keyset))
|
---|
1516 | --dprintf( 'SetKeyset2: args = 'arg( 1)', PrevSubKeysets = 'PrevSubKeysets', '.filename)
|
---|
1517 |
|
---|
1518 | -- Parse keyset definition list and get resolved list of SubKeysets.
|
---|
1519 | -- Keyset command defs have 'keys' appended. In the following, the
|
---|
1520 | -- term 'keyset cmd' means the command without 'keys'. The same applies
|
---|
1521 | -- for the array vars, where the string without 'keys' is used, too.
|
---|
1522 | List = SubKeysets
|
---|
1523 | SubKeysets = ''
|
---|
1524 | do w = 1 to words( List)
|
---|
1525 | SubKeyset = word( List, w)
|
---|
1526 | --dprintf( 'SefKeyset2: SubKeyset = 'SubKeyset)
|
---|
1527 | -- Allow for specifying a keyset name instead of a list of keyset defs
|
---|
1528 | -- (e.g. 'stdvalue' instead of 'std cua')
|
---|
1529 | if rightstr( SubKeyset, 5) = 'value' and length( SubKeyset) > 5 then
|
---|
1530 | SubName = leftstr( SubKeyset, length( SubKeyset) - 5)
|
---|
1531 | SubList = GetKeysAVar( 'keyset.'SubName)
|
---|
1532 | do s = 1 to words( SubList)
|
---|
1533 | ThisSubKeyset = word( SubList, s)
|
---|
1534 | SubKeysets = SubKeysets ThisSubKeyset
|
---|
1535 | enddo
|
---|
1536 | else
|
---|
1537 | SubKeysets = SubKeysets SubKeyset
|
---|
1538 | endif
|
---|
1539 | enddo
|
---|
1540 | SubKeysets = strip( SubKeysets)
|
---|
1541 |
|
---|
1542 | if SubKeysets = '' then
|
---|
1543 | -- Switch to keyset only
|
---|
1544 | if PrevSubKeysets = '' then
|
---|
1545 | if Keyset = 'std' then
|
---|
1546 | SubKeysets = strip( Keyset AddKeyDefs)
|
---|
1547 | else
|
---|
1548 | SubKeysets = strip( strip( 'std' AddKeyDefs) Keyset)
|
---|
1549 | endif
|
---|
1550 | else
|
---|
1551 | SubKeysets = PrevSubKeysets
|
---|
1552 | endif
|
---|
1553 | else
|
---|
1554 | -- Define keyset
|
---|
1555 | endif
|
---|
1556 |
|
---|
1557 | -- Store current keyset in array var and query LastKeyset
|
---|
1558 | LastKeyset = GetKeysAVar( 'lastkeyset')
|
---|
1559 | call SetKeysAVar( 'lastkeyset', Keyset)
|
---|
1560 |
|
---|
1561 | --dprintf( 'SetKeyset2: DefinedKeysets = "'DefinedKeysets'", PrevSubKeysets = "'PrevSubKeysets'", SubKeysets = "'SubKeysets'", Keyset = 'Keyset', activeaccel = 'activeaccel)
|
---|
1562 | if wordpos( Keyset, DefinedKeysets) = 0 | SubKeysets <> PrevSubKeysets then
|
---|
1563 | -- Reset category names and keys first.
|
---|
1564 | -- Store Keyset. It is used for to define keyset-specific categories.
|
---|
1565 | -- See definitions for DefKeyCategory and SaveKeyCat procs above.
|
---|
1566 | SetKeysAVar( 'curkeysetcmd', Keyset)
|
---|
1567 |
|
---|
1568 | -- Ensure that category is reset before DefKeyset
|
---|
1569 | DefKeyCategory( '')
|
---|
1570 |
|
---|
1571 | -- Define keyset
|
---|
1572 | --dprintf( 'SetKeyset2: Define keyset, "DefKeyset' strip( Keyset SubKeysets)'" executed')
|
---|
1573 | 'DefKeyset' strip( Keyset SubKeysets)
|
---|
1574 |
|
---|
1575 | -- Ensure that category is reset after DefKeyset
|
---|
1576 | DefKeyCategory( '')
|
---|
1577 | endif
|
---|
1578 |
|
---|
1579 | do once = 1 to 1
|
---|
1580 | if switchkeysetdisabled then
|
---|
1581 | leave
|
---|
1582 | endif
|
---|
1583 | --dprintf( 'SetKeyset2: SwitchKeyset' Keyset SubKeysets)
|
---|
1584 | -- Switch to keyset
|
---|
1585 | if Keyset <> LastKeyset | SubKeysets <> PrevSubkeysets then
|
---|
1586 | --dprintf( 'SetKeyset2: SwitchKeyset' Keyset SubKeysets)
|
---|
1587 | 'SwitchKeyset' Keyset SubKeysets
|
---|
1588 | endif
|
---|
1589 | enddo
|
---|
1590 |
|
---|
1591 | -- This is required to update the menu texts, e.g. key mnemonics
|
---|
1592 | -- RefreshMenu slows file switching down.
|
---|
1593 | do once = 1 to 1
|
---|
1594 | if not menuloaded then
|
---|
1595 | leave
|
---|
1596 | elseif Keyset = LastKeyset & SubKeysets = PrevSubkeysets then
|
---|
1597 | leave
|
---|
1598 | endif
|
---|
1599 | -- 'VSyncCursor' was added because of showwindow to keep scroll position
|
---|
1600 | 'VSyncCursor'
|
---|
1601 |
|
---|
1602 | if refreshmenudisabled <> 1 then
|
---|
1603 | -- Rebuild menu
|
---|
1604 | -- Suppress refresh of submenus
|
---|
1605 | refreshmenustate = 1
|
---|
1606 | 'PostMe RefreshMenu' -- PostMe required to make it run properly
|
---|
1607 | --dprintf( '* RefreshMenu executed')
|
---|
1608 | endif
|
---|
1609 | enddo
|
---|
1610 |
|
---|
1611 | -- Execute basic mouse defs, not defined in StdKeys
|
---|
1612 | -- Always required to make the mouse work, even at startup
|
---|
1613 | 'Mouse_Init'
|
---|
1614 |
|
---|
1615 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
1616 | ; This ic executed by SetKeyset2.
|
---|
1617 | defc SwitchKeyset
|
---|
1618 | universal activeaccel
|
---|
1619 |
|
---|
1620 | PrevKeyset = activeaccel
|
---|
1621 | PrevSubKeysets = GetKeysAVar( 'keyset.'PrevKeyset)
|
---|
1622 |
|
---|
1623 | parse value ExpandKeyset( arg( 1)) with Keyset SubKeysets
|
---|
1624 | --dprintf( 'SwitchKeyset: args = 'args', Keyset = 'Keyset', SubKeysets = 'SubKeysets)
|
---|
1625 |
|
---|
1626 | -- Activate keyset: accelerator keys
|
---|
1627 | --dprintf( 'SwitchKeyset: activeaccel = 'activeaccel', Keyset = 'Keyset)
|
---|
1628 | activeaccel = Keyset
|
---|
1629 | activateacceltable activeaccel
|
---|
1630 |
|
---|
1631 | -- Activate keyset: keyset-specific array defs (for ExecKeyCmd)
|
---|
1632 | NonAccelKeys = GetKeysAVar( 'nonaccelkeys')
|
---|
1633 | do w = 1 to words( NonAccelKeys)
|
---|
1634 | KeyString = word( NonAccelKeys, w)
|
---|
1635 | NonAccelKeyDef = GetKeysAVar( 'nonaccelkeydef.'Keyset'.'KeyString)
|
---|
1636 | SetKeysAVar( 'keydef.'KeyString, NonAccelKeyDef)
|
---|
1637 | enddo
|
---|
1638 |
|
---|
1639 | -- Switch to previously defined keyset. Redefine menu accel strings.
|
---|
1640 | do k = 1 to words( SubKeysets)
|
---|
1641 | SubKeyset = word( SubKeysets, k)
|
---|
1642 |
|
---|
1643 | -- Execute keyset cmd (with 'keys' appended). This calls a set of DefKey
|
---|
1644 | -- procs.
|
---|
1645 | --dprintf( 'SwitchKeyset: Executing "'SubKeyset'keys" for '.filename)
|
---|
1646 | SubKeyset'keys'
|
---|
1647 | enddo
|
---|
1648 | --dprintf( 'SwitchKeyset: Switch keyset, keyset cmds executed: 'Keyset' = 'SubKeysets)
|
---|
1649 |
|
---|
1650 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
1651 | defc ReloadKeyset
|
---|
1652 | universal activeaccel
|
---|
1653 |
|
---|
1654 | Keyset = activeaccel
|
---|
1655 | SubKeysets = GetKeysAVar( 'keyset.'Keyset)
|
---|
1656 |
|
---|
1657 | 'DelKeyset'
|
---|
1658 |
|
---|
1659 | -- Reset list of defined keysets to make SetKeyset2 execute DefKeyset
|
---|
1660 | call SetKeysAVar( 'keysets', '')
|
---|
1661 |
|
---|
1662 | -- Redef key defs
|
---|
1663 | --dprintf( 'ReloadKeyset: SetKeyset2' Keyset SubKeysets)
|
---|
1664 | 'SetKeyset2' Keyset SubKeysets
|
---|
1665 |
|
---|
1666 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
1667 | defc ShowKeyset
|
---|
1668 | universal activeaccel
|
---|
1669 |
|
---|
1670 | parse arg Keyset
|
---|
1671 | if Keyset = '' then
|
---|
1672 | Keyset = activeaccel
|
---|
1673 | endif
|
---|
1674 |
|
---|
1675 | TmpFileName = '.KEYSET_DEFINITIONS_'Keyset
|
---|
1676 | getfileid startfid
|
---|
1677 | display -3
|
---|
1678 | if IsFileLoaded( TmpFileName) then
|
---|
1679 | 'xcom e /n' TmpFileName -- activate tmp file
|
---|
1680 | else
|
---|
1681 | 'xcom e /c' TmpFileName -- create tmp file
|
---|
1682 | deleteline -- delete first line (EPM automatically creates line 1)
|
---|
1683 | endif
|
---|
1684 | getfileid tmpfid
|
---|
1685 | savedlast = .last
|
---|
1686 | .autosave = 0
|
---|
1687 |
|
---|
1688 | insertline copies('-', 78), .last + 1
|
---|
1689 | SubKeysets = GetKeysAVar( 'keyset.'Keyset)
|
---|
1690 | insertline 'Keyset: 'Keyset' - Subkeysets: 'SubKeysets, .last + 1
|
---|
1691 | insertline '', .last + 1
|
---|
1692 |
|
---|
1693 | LastNum = GetKeysAVar( 'keycatname.'Keyset'.0')
|
---|
1694 | --dprintf( 'LastNum = 'LastNum)
|
---|
1695 | Indent = copies( ' ', 3)
|
---|
1696 | do n = 1 to LastNum
|
---|
1697 | KeyCat = GetKeysAVar( 'keycatname.'Keyset'.'n)
|
---|
1698 | KeyStrings = GetKeysAVar( 'catkeys.'Keyset'.'KeyCat)
|
---|
1699 | if KeyStrings = '' then
|
---|
1700 | iterate
|
---|
1701 | endif
|
---|
1702 |
|
---|
1703 | KeyCatText = KeyCat
|
---|
1704 | if KeyCat = 'Newline' then
|
---|
1705 | mmax = 2
|
---|
1706 | else
|
---|
1707 | mmax = 1
|
---|
1708 | endif
|
---|
1709 | do m = 1 to mmax
|
---|
1710 | if KeyCat = 'Newline' then
|
---|
1711 | if m = 1 then
|
---|
1712 | mode = 'stream'
|
---|
1713 | else
|
---|
1714 | mode = 'line'
|
---|
1715 | endif
|
---|
1716 | KeyCatText = KeyCat' in 'mode' mode'
|
---|
1717 | endif
|
---|
1718 | insertline '', .last + 1
|
---|
1719 | insertline Indent''KeyCatText, .last + 1
|
---|
1720 | insertline '', .last + 1
|
---|
1721 |
|
---|
1722 | do w = 1 to words( KeyStrings)
|
---|
1723 | KeyString = word( KeyStrings, w)
|
---|
1724 | Cmd = GetKeysAVar( 'keydef.'KeyString)
|
---|
1725 | if Cmd = '' then
|
---|
1726 | Cmd = GetKeysAVar( 'mousedef.'KeyString)
|
---|
1727 | endif
|
---|
1728 |
|
---|
1729 | if subword( upcase( Cmd), 1, 1) = 'NEWLINE' then
|
---|
1730 | KeyPath = '\NEPMD\User\SpecialKeys'
|
---|
1731 | if mode = 'stream' then
|
---|
1732 | KeyPath = KeyPath'\Stream'
|
---|
1733 | else
|
---|
1734 | KeyPath = KeyPath'\Line'
|
---|
1735 | endif
|
---|
1736 | KeyPath = KeyPath'\'KeyString
|
---|
1737 | next = QueryConfigKey( KeyPath)
|
---|
1738 | if next = '' then
|
---|
1739 | next = 'Split,KeepIndent'
|
---|
1740 | endif
|
---|
1741 | parse value next with SplitCfg','ColCfg','fCmd','NewlineCmd
|
---|
1742 | if fCmd <> 1 then
|
---|
1743 | fCmd = 0
|
---|
1744 | endif
|
---|
1745 | if fCmd then
|
---|
1746 | Cmd = NewlineCmd
|
---|
1747 | else
|
---|
1748 | Cmd = 'Newline' SplitCfg','ColCfg
|
---|
1749 | endif
|
---|
1750 |
|
---|
1751 | elseif wordpos( subword( upcase( Cmd), 1, 1), 'TAB BACKTAB') then
|
---|
1752 | KeyPath = '\NEPMD\User\SpecialKeys\'KeyString
|
---|
1753 | next = QueryConfigKey( KeyPath)
|
---|
1754 | Cmd = Cmd next
|
---|
1755 | endif
|
---|
1756 |
|
---|
1757 | CnvKeyString = ConvertKeyString( KeyString)
|
---|
1758 | -- Longest KeyString = 21
|
---|
1759 | KeyStringSpc = leftstr( KeyString, Max( 21 + length( Indent), length( KeyString)))''Indent
|
---|
1760 | -- Longest CnvKeyString = 24
|
---|
1761 | CnvKeyStringSpc = leftstr( CnvKeyString, Max( 24 + length( Indent), length( CnvKeyString)))''Indent
|
---|
1762 | -- Display only converted KeyString and Cmd columns:
|
---|
1763 | insertline Indent''Indent''CnvKeyStringSpc''Cmd, .last + 1
|
---|
1764 | -- Display an additional KeyString column:
|
---|
1765 | --insertline Indent''Indent''KeyStringSpc''CnvKeyStringSpc''Cmd, .last + 1
|
---|
1766 | enddo
|
---|
1767 | enddo
|
---|
1768 | enddo
|
---|
1769 | insertline '', .last + 1
|
---|
1770 | tmpfid.modify = 0
|
---|
1771 | --activatefile tmpfid
|
---|
1772 | .cursory = 4 -- Scroll almost to the top (must come before setting the line)
|
---|
1773 | .line = savedlast + 1
|
---|
1774 | .col = 1
|
---|
1775 | display 3
|
---|
1776 |
|
---|
1777 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
1778 | ; This must be used instead of the internally defined deleteaccel statement.
|
---|
1779 | ; Disadvantage: This closes the menu, even if nodismiss is set for a menu
|
---|
1780 | ; item. This is caused by the array var procs, because they switch
|
---|
1781 | ; temporarily to a hidden file.
|
---|
1782 | defc DeleteAccel, DelKeyset
|
---|
1783 | universal activeaccel
|
---|
1784 | if arg( 1) = '' | lowcase( arg( 1)) = 'defaccel' then
|
---|
1785 | Keyset = activeaccel
|
---|
1786 | else
|
---|
1787 | Keyset = arg( 1)
|
---|
1788 | endif
|
---|
1789 | Keyset = lowcase( Keyset)
|
---|
1790 | deleteaccel Keyset
|
---|
1791 | activeaccel = ''
|
---|
1792 |
|
---|
1793 | -- Change array vars for this keyset name
|
---|
1794 | DelKeysAVar( 'keysets', Keyset)
|
---|
1795 | SubKeysets = GetKeysAVar( 'keyset.'Keyset)
|
---|
1796 | -- For all keyset commands
|
---|
1797 | do k = 1 to words( SubKeysets)
|
---|
1798 | SubKeyset = word( SubKeysets, k)
|
---|
1799 | -- Remove keyset name from array var for this keyset cmd
|
---|
1800 | DelKeysAVar( 'keysetused.'SubKeyset, Keyset)
|
---|
1801 | enddo
|
---|
1802 | DropKeysAVar( 'keyset.'Keyset)
|
---|
1803 |
|
---|
1804 | -- For all categories
|
---|
1805 | LastNum = GetKeysAVar( 'keycatname.'Keyset'.0')
|
---|
1806 | do n = 1 to LastNum
|
---|
1807 | KeyCat = GetKeysAVar( 'keycatname.'Keyset'.'n)
|
---|
1808 | KeyStrings = GetKeysAVar( 'catkeys.'Keyset'.'KeyCat)
|
---|
1809 | if KeyStrings = '' then
|
---|
1810 | iterate
|
---|
1811 | endif
|
---|
1812 |
|
---|
1813 | -- For all keystrings
|
---|
1814 | do w = 1 to words( KeyStrings)
|
---|
1815 | KeyString = word( KeyStrings, w)
|
---|
1816 |
|
---|
1817 | -- Remove KeyString array vars
|
---|
1818 | Cmd = GetKeysAVar( 'keydef.'KeyString)
|
---|
1819 | if Cmd = '' then
|
---|
1820 | Cmd = GetKeysAVar( 'mousedef.'KeyString)
|
---|
1821 | DelKeysAVar( 'mousecmd.'Cmd, KeyString)
|
---|
1822 | DropKeysAVar( 'mousedef.'KeyString)
|
---|
1823 | else
|
---|
1824 | DelKeysAVar( 'keycmd.'Cmd, KeyString)
|
---|
1825 | DropKeysAVar( 'keydef.'KeyString)
|
---|
1826 | endif
|
---|
1827 |
|
---|
1828 | -- Remove KeyString from category list
|
---|
1829 | DelKeysAVar( 'catkeys.'Keyset'.'KeyCat, KeyString)
|
---|
1830 | -- Remove var name from array
|
---|
1831 | DropKeysAVar( 'keycat.'Keyset'.'KeyString)
|
---|
1832 | enddo
|
---|
1833 |
|
---|
1834 | enddo
|
---|
1835 |
|
---|
1836 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
1837 | ; Ensure that default entry is present in AddKeyDefsList
|
---|
1838 | definit
|
---|
1839 | 'InitAddKeyDefs'
|
---|
1840 |
|
---|
1841 | defc InitAddKeyDefs
|
---|
1842 | DefaultNameList = lowcase( 'cua') -- only basenames without 'keys'
|
---|
1843 |
|
---|
1844 | KeyPathList = '\NEPMD\User\Keysets\AddKeyDefs\List'
|
---|
1845 | KeyPathSelected = '\NEPMD\User\Keysets\AddKeyDefs\Selected'
|
---|
1846 | AddKeyDefsList = QueryConfigKey( KeyPathList)
|
---|
1847 | SelectedAddKeyDefs = QueryConfigKey( KeyPathSelected)
|
---|
1848 |
|
---|
1849 | -- Remove 'keys' from SelectedAddKeyDefs
|
---|
1850 | if rightstr( SelectedAddKeyDefs, 4) = 'keys' then
|
---|
1851 | parse value SelectedAddKeyDefs with SelectedAddKeyDefs'keys'
|
---|
1852 | --dprintf( 'definit: Write to NEPMD.INI: SelectedAddKeyDefs = 'SelectedAddKeyDefs)
|
---|
1853 | WriteConfigKey( KeyPathSelected, SelectedAddKeyDefs)
|
---|
1854 | endif
|
---|
1855 |
|
---|
1856 | -- Remove 'keys' from every word of AddKeyDefsList
|
---|
1857 | List = ''
|
---|
1858 | do w = 1 to words( AddKeyDefsList)
|
---|
1859 | Next = word( AddKeyDefsList, w)
|
---|
1860 | parse value Next with Next'keys'
|
---|
1861 | List = strip( List Next)
|
---|
1862 | enddo
|
---|
1863 | if AddKeyDefsList <> List then
|
---|
1864 | WriteConfigKey( KeyPathList, List)
|
---|
1865 | endif
|
---|
1866 |
|
---|
1867 | -- Maybe add every item of DefaultNameList to AddKeyDefsList
|
---|
1868 | List = AddKeyDefsList
|
---|
1869 | do w = 1 to words( DefaultNameList)
|
---|
1870 | ThisName = word( DefaultNameList, w)
|
---|
1871 | if not wordpos( ThisName, List) then
|
---|
1872 | List = strip( List ThisName)
|
---|
1873 | endif
|
---|
1874 | enddo
|
---|
1875 | if List <> AddKeyDefsList then
|
---|
1876 | WriteConfigKey( KeyPathList, List)
|
---|
1877 | endif
|
---|
1878 |
|
---|
1879 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
1880 | ; Also called in NEWMENU.E.
|
---|
1881 | defproc GetAddKeyDefs
|
---|
1882 | KeyPathSelected = '\NEPMD\User\Keysets\AddKeyDefs\Selected'
|
---|
1883 | SelectedAddKeyDefs = QueryConfigKey( KeyPathSelected)
|
---|
1884 | return SelectedAddKeyDefs
|
---|
1885 |
|
---|
1886 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
1887 | defc RemoveAddKeyDefs
|
---|
1888 | KeyPathList = '\NEPMD\User\Keysets\AddKeyDefs\List'
|
---|
1889 | KeyPathSelected = '\NEPMD\User\Keysets\AddKeyDefs\Selected'
|
---|
1890 |
|
---|
1891 | AddKeyDefs = strip( arg( 1))
|
---|
1892 | AddKeyDefsList = QueryConfigKey( KeyPathList)
|
---|
1893 | SelectedAddKeyDefs = QueryConfigKey( KeyPathSelected)
|
---|
1894 |
|
---|
1895 | if linked( AddKeyDefs'keys') > 0 then
|
---|
1896 | 'unlink' AddKeyDefs'keys'
|
---|
1897 | endif
|
---|
1898 |
|
---|
1899 | -- Remove from list
|
---|
1900 | wp = wordpos( AddKeyDefs, AddKeyDefsList)
|
---|
1901 | if wp > 0 then
|
---|
1902 | AddKeyDefsList = SpaceStr( DelWord( AddKeyDefsList, wp, 1))
|
---|
1903 | WriteConfigKey( KeyPathList, AddKeyDefsList)
|
---|
1904 | endif
|
---|
1905 |
|
---|
1906 | -- Remove from macroadd.lst
|
---|
1907 | call DeleteFromMacroListFile( AddKeyDefs'keys')
|
---|
1908 |
|
---|
1909 | if AddKeyDefs = SelectedAddKeyDefs then
|
---|
1910 | 'SetAddKeyDefs' -- reset
|
---|
1911 | endif
|
---|
1912 |
|
---|
1913 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
1914 | defc SetAddKeyDefs
|
---|
1915 | universal activeaccel
|
---|
1916 |
|
---|
1917 | KeyPathList = '\NEPMD\User\Keysets\AddKeyDefs\List'
|
---|
1918 | KeyPathSelected = '\NEPMD\User\Keysets\AddKeyDefs\Selected'
|
---|
1919 |
|
---|
1920 | AddKeyDefs = strip( arg( 1))
|
---|
1921 | --dprintf( 'SetAddKeyDefs: arg( 1) = 'arg( 1))
|
---|
1922 | AddKeyDefsList = QueryConfigKey( KeyPathList)
|
---|
1923 | SelectedAddKeyDefs = QueryConfigKey( KeyPathSelected)
|
---|
1924 | DefinedKeysets = GetKeysAVar( 'keysets')
|
---|
1925 |
|
---|
1926 | -- Save current keyset
|
---|
1927 | SavedKeyset = activeaccel
|
---|
1928 | getfileid fid
|
---|
1929 | CurKeyset = GetKeysAVar( fid'.keyset')
|
---|
1930 | CurSubKeysets = GetKeysAVar( 'keyset.'CurKeyset)
|
---|
1931 | --dprintf( 'SetAddKeyDefs: CurKeyset = 'CurKeyset', CurSubKeysets = 'CurSubKeysets', activeaccel = 'activeaccel)
|
---|
1932 |
|
---|
1933 | -- Nothing changed: don't process further
|
---|
1934 | if AddKeyDefs = SelectedAddKeyDefs then
|
---|
1935 | --dprintf( 'SetAddKeyDefs: AddKeyDefs = 'AddKeyDefs', SelectedAddKeyDefs = 'SelectedAddKeyDefs)
|
---|
1936 | return
|
---|
1937 | endif
|
---|
1938 |
|
---|
1939 | -- Delete all key defs first and re-apply all defs of main keyset
|
---|
1940 | 'DisableSwitchKeyset'
|
---|
1941 |
|
---|
1942 | -- Reset list of defined keysets to make SetKeyset2 execute DefKeyset.
|
---|
1943 | -- The keyset of the current file is defined and switched immediately.
|
---|
1944 | -- For all other files in the ring that is processed on their next
|
---|
1945 | -- select event.
|
---|
1946 | call SetKeysAVar( 'keysets', '')
|
---|
1947 |
|
---|
1948 | -- Reset keyset 'std'
|
---|
1949 | --dprintf( 'SetAddKeyDefs: Reset keyset std, execute SetKeyset2 std std')
|
---|
1950 | 'SetKeyset2 std std'
|
---|
1951 |
|
---|
1952 | 'EnableSwitchKeyset'
|
---|
1953 |
|
---|
1954 | -- Change list of subkeysets and define each key def
|
---|
1955 | do w = 1 to words( DefinedKeysets)
|
---|
1956 | Keyset = word( DefinedKeysets, w)
|
---|
1957 | SubKeysets = strip( GetKeysAVar( 'keyset.'Keyset))
|
---|
1958 | --dprintf( 'SetAddKeyDefs: w = 'w', Keyset = 'Keyset', SubKeysets = 'SubKeysets', AddKeyDefs = 'AddKeyDefs', SelectedAddKeyDefs = 'SelectedAddKeyDefs)
|
---|
1959 |
|
---|
1960 | -- Remove previous add. keydefs name first
|
---|
1961 | wp = wordpos( SelectedAddKeyDefs, SubKeysets)
|
---|
1962 | if wp > 0 then
|
---|
1963 | SubKeysets = SpaceStr( delword( SubKeysets, wp, 1))
|
---|
1964 | endif
|
---|
1965 |
|
---|
1966 | -- Add add. keydefs name next after 'std'
|
---|
1967 | if AddKeyDefs <> '' then
|
---|
1968 | wp = wordpos( 'std', SubKeysets)
|
---|
1969 | LeftWords = subword( SubKeysets, 1, wp)
|
---|
1970 | RightWords = subword( SubKeysets, wp + 1)
|
---|
1971 | SubKeysets = SpaceStr( LeftWords AddKeyDefs RightWords)
|
---|
1972 | endif
|
---|
1973 |
|
---|
1974 | if Keyset = SavedKeyset then
|
---|
1975 | --dprintf( 'SetAddKeyDefs: 1) execute SetKeyset' Keyset SubKeysets)
|
---|
1976 | 'SetKeyset' Keyset SubKeysets -- active, redefine and exec keyset cmds
|
---|
1977 | else
|
---|
1978 | --dprintf( 'SetAddKeyDefs: 2) call SetKeysAVar( keyset.'Keyset', 'SubKeysets')')
|
---|
1979 | call SetKeysAVar( 'keyset.'Keyset, SubKeysets) -- not active, just redefine
|
---|
1980 | endif
|
---|
1981 | enddo
|
---|
1982 |
|
---|
1983 | call WriteConfigKey( KeyPathSelected, AddKeyDefs)
|
---|
1984 |
|
---|
1985 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
1986 | ; Open a listbox to select aditional key defs. The additional defs must be
|
---|
1987 | ; placed in a separate E file, without using the defkeys statement. When
|
---|
1988 | ; simply linking such a file, all special keysets for already loaded files
|
---|
1989 | ; would be lost and the keyset EDIT_KEYS is set for all loaded files.
|
---|
1990 | ; Therefore EPM will be restarted to make the changes take effect as
|
---|
1991 | ; expected. For unlinking a key def file, no restart is required.
|
---|
1992 | defc SelectKeyDefs
|
---|
1993 | universal activeaccel
|
---|
1994 |
|
---|
1995 | None = '-none-'
|
---|
1996 |
|
---|
1997 | parse arg Action Basename
|
---|
1998 | Action = upcase( Action)
|
---|
1999 | lp = lastpos( '\', strip( Basename))
|
---|
2000 | Basename = substr( Basename, lp + 1)
|
---|
2001 | Basename = lowcase( Basename)
|
---|
2002 | if Basename = '' then
|
---|
2003 | elseif rightstr( Basename, 2) = '.e' then
|
---|
2004 | Basename = leftstr( Basename, length( Basename) - 2)
|
---|
2005 | elseif rightstr( Basename, 3) = '.ex' then
|
---|
2006 | Basename = leftstr( Basename, length( Basename) - 3)
|
---|
2007 | endif
|
---|
2008 | if rightstr( Basename, 4) <> 'keys' then
|
---|
2009 | Basename = Basename'keys'
|
---|
2010 | endif
|
---|
2011 |
|
---|
2012 | -- Read available files from NEPMD.INI
|
---|
2013 | KeyPathList = '\NEPMD\User\Keysets\AddKeyDefs\List'
|
---|
2014 | KeyPathSelected = '\NEPMD\User\Keysets\AddKeyDefs\Selected'
|
---|
2015 | AddKeyDefsList = QueryConfigKey( KeyPathList) -- space-separated list
|
---|
2016 | SelectedAddKeyDefs = QueryConfigKey( KeyPathSelected)
|
---|
2017 | SelectedAddKeyDefs = lowcase( SelectedAddKeyDefs)
|
---|
2018 | if SelectedAddKeyDefs = '' then
|
---|
2019 | SelectedAddKeyDefs = None
|
---|
2020 | endif
|
---|
2021 |
|
---|
2022 | if Action = 'ADD' & Basename <> '' then
|
---|
2023 | parse value Basename with NextAddKeyDefs'keys'
|
---|
2024 | CompleteKeysetNames = 'std'
|
---|
2025 | if wordpos( NextAddKeyDefs, CompleteKeysetNames) then
|
---|
2026 | Title = 'Adding additional key definitions'
|
---|
2027 | Text = 'This file "'NextAddKeyDefs'keys.e" defines the'
|
---|
2028 | Text = Text' "'NextAddKeyDefs'" keyset. It''s not a'
|
---|
2029 | Text = Text' file with additional keyset definitions, but'
|
---|
2030 | Text = Text' defines a basic keyset instead.'\n\n
|
---|
2031 | Text = Text'You may want to start with a renamed copy of'
|
---|
2032 | Text = Text' cuakeys.e instead.'
|
---|
2033 | Style = MB_OKCANCEL+MB_WARNING+MB_DEFBUTTON1+MB_MOVEABLE
|
---|
2034 | rcx = WinMessageBox( Title,
|
---|
2035 | Text,
|
---|
2036 | Style)
|
---|
2037 | if rcx = MBID_OK then
|
---|
2038 | -- Open this dialog again
|
---|
2039 | 'postme SelectKeyDefs'
|
---|
2040 | return
|
---|
2041 | else -- Cancel
|
---|
2042 | return
|
---|
2043 | endif
|
---|
2044 | endif
|
---|
2045 | if not wordpos( NextAddKeyDefs, AddKeyDefsList) then
|
---|
2046 | AddKeyDefsList = strip( AddKeyDefsList NextAddKeyDefs)
|
---|
2047 | WriteConfigKey( KeyPathList, AddKeyDefsList)
|
---|
2048 | endif
|
---|
2049 |
|
---|
2050 | if not IsExFileInternal( Basename) then
|
---|
2051 | Title = 'Adding additional key definitions'
|
---|
2052 | Text = 'For the additional key definition macro "'Basename'" no'
|
---|
2053 | Text = Text || ' entry in a LST file was found. In order to make'
|
---|
2054 | Text = Text || ' the RecompileNew macro aware of that file, it'
|
---|
2055 | Text = Text || ' should be added to "macroadd.lst".'\n\n
|
---|
2056 | Text = Text || 'Should the entry be added automatically?'
|
---|
2057 | Style = MB_YESNO+MB_QUERY+MB_DEFBUTTON1+MB_MOVEABLE
|
---|
2058 | rcx = WinMessageBox( Title,
|
---|
2059 | Text,
|
---|
2060 | Style)
|
---|
2061 | if rcx = 6 then -- Yes
|
---|
2062 | call AddToMacroListFile( Basename)
|
---|
2063 | if rc <> 0 then
|
---|
2064 | 'SayError Error: AddToMacroListFile( 'Basename') returned rc = 'rc
|
---|
2065 | return
|
---|
2066 | endif
|
---|
2067 | elseif rcx = 7 then -- No
|
---|
2068 | endif
|
---|
2069 | endif
|
---|
2070 |
|
---|
2071 | Title = 'Adding additional key definitions'
|
---|
2072 | Text = 'Before the macro file "'Basename'" can be loaded,'
|
---|
2073 | Text = Text || ' it has to be compiled.'\n\n
|
---|
2074 | Text = Text || 'Should RecompileNew be called now?'
|
---|
2075 | Style = MB_YESNO+MB_WARNING+MB_DEFBUTTON1+MB_MOVEABLE
|
---|
2076 | rcx = WinMessageBox( Title,
|
---|
2077 | Text,
|
---|
2078 | Style)
|
---|
2079 | if rcx = 6 then -- Yes
|
---|
2080 | -- Execute RecompileNew and open this dialog again
|
---|
2081 | 'RecompileNew'
|
---|
2082 | 'postme SelectKeyDefs'
|
---|
2083 | return
|
---|
2084 | elseif rcx = 7 then -- No
|
---|
2085 | endif
|
---|
2086 | endif
|
---|
2087 |
|
---|
2088 | -- Open listbox
|
---|
2089 | Sep = '/'
|
---|
2090 | -- Add None first
|
---|
2091 | Entries = Sep''None
|
---|
2092 | do w = 1 to words( AddKeyDefsList)
|
---|
2093 | Next = word( AddKeyDefsList, w)'keys'
|
---|
2094 | -- Add Next with 'keys' appended
|
---|
2095 | Entries = Entries''Sep''Next
|
---|
2096 | enddo
|
---|
2097 |
|
---|
2098 | DefaultItem = 1
|
---|
2099 | if SelectedAddKeyDefs <> '' then
|
---|
2100 | wp = wordpos( SelectedAddKeyDefs, AddKeyDefsList)
|
---|
2101 | if wp > 0 then
|
---|
2102 | DefaultItem = wp + 1
|
---|
2103 | endif
|
---|
2104 | endif
|
---|
2105 | DefaultButton = 1
|
---|
2106 | HelpId = 0
|
---|
2107 | Title = 'Select additional key definitions'copies( ' ', 20)
|
---|
2108 | Text = 'Current key def additions:' SelectedAddKeyDefs
|
---|
2109 |
|
---|
2110 | refresh
|
---|
2111 | Result = ListBox( Title,
|
---|
2112 | Entries,
|
---|
2113 | '/~Set/~Add.../~Edit/~Remove/'CANCEL__MSG, -- buttons
|
---|
2114 | 0, 0, --5, 5, -- top, left,
|
---|
2115 | Min( words( AddKeyDefsList), 15), 50, -- height, width
|
---|
2116 | GethWndC( APP_HANDLE) || atoi( DefaultItem) ||
|
---|
2117 | atoi( DefaultButton) || atoi( HelpId) ||
|
---|
2118 | Text\0)
|
---|
2119 | refresh
|
---|
2120 |
|
---|
2121 | -- Check result
|
---|
2122 | button = asc( leftstr( Result, 1))
|
---|
2123 | EOS = pos( \0, Result, 2) -- CHR(0) signifies End Of String
|
---|
2124 | Selected = substr( Result, 2, EOS - 2)
|
---|
2125 | if button = 1 then -- Set
|
---|
2126 | if Selected = None then
|
---|
2127 | 'SetAddKeyDefs'
|
---|
2128 | if isadefproc( 'MenuText_keydefs') then
|
---|
2129 | MenuText_keydefs()
|
---|
2130 | endif
|
---|
2131 | Msg = 'No keyset additions file active.'
|
---|
2132 | 'SayHint' Msg
|
---|
2133 | else
|
---|
2134 | -- Check if .E file exists
|
---|
2135 | findfile EFile, Selected'.e', 'EPMPATH'
|
---|
2136 | if rc then
|
---|
2137 | -- Check if .EX file exists
|
---|
2138 | findfile EFile, Selected'.ex', 'EPMPATH'
|
---|
2139 | if rc then
|
---|
2140 | 'SayError Key definition file 'upcase( Selected)'.E or 'upcase( Selected)'.EX not found.'
|
---|
2141 | rc = 2
|
---|
2142 | return
|
---|
2143 | endif
|
---|
2144 | endif
|
---|
2145 | parse value lowcase( Selected) with AddKeyDefs'keys'
|
---|
2146 | 'SetAddKeyDefs' AddKeyDefs
|
---|
2147 | if isadefproc( 'MenuText_keydefs') then
|
---|
2148 | MenuText_keydefs()
|
---|
2149 | endif
|
---|
2150 | Msg = 'Keyset additions file 'upcase( Selected)'.EX activated.'
|
---|
2151 | 'SayHint' Msg
|
---|
2152 | endif
|
---|
2153 | elseif button = 2 then -- Add
|
---|
2154 | -- Open fileselector to select an e or ex filename
|
---|
2155 | -- Call this Cmd again, but with args to renew the list
|
---|
2156 | Text = 'Select a file with additional key definitions'
|
---|
2157 | 'FileDlg 'Text', SelectKeyDefs ADD, 'Get_Env('NEPMD_USERDIR')'\macros\?*keys.e'
|
---|
2158 | rc = 0
|
---|
2159 | return
|
---|
2160 | elseif button = 3 & Selected <> None then -- Edit
|
---|
2161 | -- Load file
|
---|
2162 | 'EditCreateUserMacro 'Selected'.e'
|
---|
2163 | return rc
|
---|
2164 | elseif button = 4 & Selected <> None then -- Remove
|
---|
2165 | parse value lowcase( Selected) with AddKeyDefs'keys'
|
---|
2166 | -- Confirm remove from list
|
---|
2167 | if MBID_YES = WinMessageBox( 'Remove keyset addition entry', -- title
|
---|
2168 | 'You''re about to remove' Selected 'from the list.' \n ||
|
---|
2169 | ARE_YOU_SURE__MSG,
|
---|
2170 | MB_YESNO + MB_QUERY + MB_DEFBUTTON2 + MB_MOVEABLE) then
|
---|
2171 | -- Remove from list
|
---|
2172 | 'RemoveAddKeyDefs' AddKeyDefs
|
---|
2173 | if isadefproc( 'MenuText_keydefs') then
|
---|
2174 | MenuText_keydefs()
|
---|
2175 | endif
|
---|
2176 | endif
|
---|
2177 | -- Call this Cmd again
|
---|
2178 | 'SelectKeyDefs'
|
---|
2179 | else -- Cancel
|
---|
2180 | endif
|
---|
2181 |
|
---|
2182 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
2183 | ; Definitions used for key commands
|
---|
2184 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
2185 |
|
---|
2186 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
2187 | ; This command allows to define 2 commands, separated by a bar char. The
|
---|
2188 | ; first command applies in stream mode and the second in line mode.
|
---|
2189 | defc StreamLine
|
---|
2190 | universal stream_mode
|
---|
2191 | parse arg cmd1'|'cmd2
|
---|
2192 | cmd1 = strip( cmd1)
|
---|
2193 | cmd2 = strip( cmd2)
|
---|
2194 | if stream_mode then
|
---|
2195 | cmd1
|
---|
2196 | else
|
---|
2197 | cmd2
|
---|
2198 | endif
|
---|
2199 |
|
---|
2200 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
2201 | defproc Shifted
|
---|
2202 | universal curkey
|
---|
2203 |
|
---|
2204 | -- Works for WM_CHAR messages:
|
---|
2205 | ks = getkeystate( VK_SHIFT)
|
---|
2206 | fshifted1 = (ks <> 3 & ks <> 4)
|
---|
2207 |
|
---|
2208 | -- Works for accelerator keys:
|
---|
2209 | parse value curkey with KeyString \1 Cmd
|
---|
2210 | fshifted2 = (pos( 's_', KeyString) > 0)
|
---|
2211 |
|
---|
2212 | return (fshifted1 | fshifted2)
|
---|
2213 |
|
---|
2214 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
2215 | defproc UpDownKey( DownFlag)
|
---|
2216 | universal save_cursor_column
|
---|
2217 | universal cursoreverywhere
|
---|
2218 | universal prevkey
|
---|
2219 |
|
---|
2220 | NumLines = arg( 2)
|
---|
2221 | if NumLines = '' then
|
---|
2222 | NumLines = 1
|
---|
2223 | elseif not IsNum( NumLines) then
|
---|
2224 | NumLines = 1
|
---|
2225 | endif
|
---|
2226 |
|
---|
2227 | parse value prevkey with PrevKeyString \1 .
|
---|
2228 | fupdown = (wordpos( PrevKeyString, 'up down s_up s_down') > 0)
|
---|
2229 | if not cursoreverywhere then
|
---|
2230 | if not fupdown then
|
---|
2231 | save_cursor_column = .col
|
---|
2232 | endif
|
---|
2233 | endif
|
---|
2234 |
|
---|
2235 | if DownFlag then
|
---|
2236 | do n = 1 to NumLines
|
---|
2237 | down
|
---|
2238 | enddo
|
---|
2239 | else
|
---|
2240 | do n = 1 to NumLines
|
---|
2241 | up
|
---|
2242 | enddo
|
---|
2243 | endif
|
---|
2244 |
|
---|
2245 | if .line & not cursoreverywhere then
|
---|
2246 | l = length( textline( .line))
|
---|
2247 | if fupdown & l >= save_cursor_column then
|
---|
2248 | .col = save_cursor_column
|
---|
2249 | elseif fupdown | l < .col then
|
---|
2250 | endline
|
---|
2251 | endif
|
---|
2252 | endif
|
---|
2253 |
|
---|
2254 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
2255 | defproc ScrollUpDownKey( DownFlag)
|
---|
2256 |
|
---|
2257 | NumLines = arg( 2)
|
---|
2258 | if NumLines = '' then
|
---|
2259 | NumLines = 1
|
---|
2260 | elseif not IsNum( NumLines) then
|
---|
2261 | NumLines = 1
|
---|
2262 | endif
|
---|
2263 |
|
---|
2264 | if DownFlag then
|
---|
2265 | do n = 1 to NumLines
|
---|
2266 | oldcursory = .cursory
|
---|
2267 | if .line - .cursory + .windowheight < .last then
|
---|
2268 | .cursory = .windowheight
|
---|
2269 | down
|
---|
2270 | .cursory = oldcursory
|
---|
2271 | elseif .line < .last then
|
---|
2272 | down
|
---|
2273 | endif
|
---|
2274 | enddo
|
---|
2275 | else
|
---|
2276 | oldcursory = .cursory
|
---|
2277 | do n = 1 to NumLines
|
---|
2278 | if .line - .cursory > -1 then
|
---|
2279 | .cursory = 1
|
---|
2280 | up
|
---|
2281 | .cursory = oldcursory
|
---|
2282 | elseif .line then
|
---|
2283 | up
|
---|
2284 | endif
|
---|
2285 | enddo
|
---|
2286 | endif
|
---|
2287 |
|
---|
2288 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
2289 | defproc Extend_Mark( startline, startcol, forward)
|
---|
2290 | universal cursoreverywhere
|
---|
2291 | universal curkey
|
---|
2292 |
|
---|
2293 | KeyPath = '\NEPMD\User\Mark\ShiftMarkAlwaysExtends'
|
---|
2294 | fAlwaysExtend = (QueryConfigKey( KeyPath) = 1)
|
---|
2295 | getfileid curfileid
|
---|
2296 | getmarkg firstline, lastline, firstcol, lastcol, markfileid
|
---|
2297 | parse value curkey with CurKeyString \1 .
|
---|
2298 | fs_up = (CurKeyString = 's_up')
|
---|
2299 | fs_down = (CurKeyString = 's_down')
|
---|
2300 |
|
---|
2301 | funmark = 1
|
---|
2302 | if markfileid <> curfileid then
|
---|
2303 | funmark = 1
|
---|
2304 | elseif QueryUnmarkOnAnyKey() then
|
---|
2305 | -- keep mark and extend it (any unshifted key caused unmark before)
|
---|
2306 | funmark = 0
|
---|
2307 | elseif fAlwaysExtend then
|
---|
2308 | -- keep mark and extend it
|
---|
2309 | funmark = 0
|
---|
2310 |
|
---|
2311 | -- The following was added for the feature "Shift-Mark extends at mark
|
---|
2312 | -- boundaries only" (== "Shift-mark extends always" = deactivated):
|
---|
2313 | elseif not cursoreverywhere then
|
---|
2314 | if startline = firstline & startcol = firstcol then
|
---|
2315 | funmark = 0
|
---|
2316 | elseif startline = lastline & startcol = lastcol then
|
---|
2317 | funmark = 0
|
---|
2318 | endif
|
---|
2319 | elseif cursoreverywhere then
|
---|
2320 | l = length( textline( startline))
|
---|
2321 | if startline = firstline & startcol = firstcol then
|
---|
2322 | funmark = 0
|
---|
2323 | elseif startline = firstline & startcol > firstcol & startcol > l + 1 then
|
---|
2324 | funmark = 0
|
---|
2325 | elseif startline = firstline + 1 & firstcol = 0 then
|
---|
2326 | -- apparently never reached
|
---|
2327 | funmark = 0
|
---|
2328 | elseif startline = lastline & startcol = lastcol then
|
---|
2329 | funmark = 0
|
---|
2330 | elseif startline = lastline & startcol > lastcol & startcol > l + 1 then
|
---|
2331 | funmark = 0
|
---|
2332 | elseif startline = lastline - 1 & lastcol = 0 then
|
---|
2333 | funmark = 0
|
---|
2334 | endif
|
---|
2335 | endif
|
---|
2336 |
|
---|
2337 | if funmark then
|
---|
2338 | unmark
|
---|
2339 | endif
|
---|
2340 |
|
---|
2341 | if not marktype() then
|
---|
2342 | call pSet_Mark( startline, .line, startcol, .col, 'CHARG', curfileid)
|
---|
2343 | return
|
---|
2344 | endif
|
---|
2345 |
|
---|
2346 | if (fs_up & .line = firstline - 1) | (fs_down & .line = firstline + 1) then
|
---|
2347 | if length( textline( firstline)) < .col then
|
---|
2348 | firstcol = .col
|
---|
2349 | endif
|
---|
2350 | endif
|
---|
2351 |
|
---|
2352 | if startline > firstline | ((startline = firstline) & (startcol > firstcol)) then -- at end of mark
|
---|
2353 | if not forward then
|
---|
2354 | if firstline = .line & firstcol = .col then
|
---|
2355 | unmark
|
---|
2356 | return
|
---|
2357 | endif
|
---|
2358 | endif
|
---|
2359 | call pSet_Mark( firstline, .line, firstcol, .col, 'CHARG', curfileid)
|
---|
2360 | else -- at beginning of mark
|
---|
2361 | if forward then
|
---|
2362 | if lastline = .line & lastcol = .col - 1 then
|
---|
2363 | unmark
|
---|
2364 | return
|
---|
2365 | endif
|
---|
2366 | endif
|
---|
2367 | call pSet_Mark( lastline, .line, lastcol, .col, 'CHARG', curfileid)
|
---|
2368 | endif
|
---|
2369 |
|
---|
2370 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
2371 | ; c_home, c_end, c_left & c_right do different things if the shift key is depressed.
|
---|
2372 | ; The logic is extracted here mainly due to the complexity of the COMPILE IF's
|
---|
2373 | defproc Begin_Shift( var startline, var startcol, var shift_flag)
|
---|
2374 | ; unused
|
---|
2375 | /*
|
---|
2376 | universal cua_marking_switch
|
---|
2377 | shift_flag = Shifted()
|
---|
2378 | if shift_flag or not cua_marking_switch then
|
---|
2379 | startline = .line; startcol = .col
|
---|
2380 | else
|
---|
2381 | unmark
|
---|
2382 | endif
|
---|
2383 | */
|
---|
2384 |
|
---|
2385 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
2386 | defproc End_Shift( startline, startcol, shift_flag, forward_flag)
|
---|
2387 | ; unused
|
---|
2388 | /*
|
---|
2389 | ; Make this work regardless of which marking mode is active:
|
---|
2390 | compile if 0 -- WANT_CUA_MARKING = 'SWITCH'
|
---|
2391 | universal cua_marking_switch
|
---|
2392 | if shift_flag & cua_marking_switch then
|
---|
2393 | compile else
|
---|
2394 | if shift_flag then
|
---|
2395 | compile endif
|
---|
2396 | call Extend_Mark( startline, startcol, forward_flag)
|
---|
2397 | endif
|
---|
2398 | */
|
---|
2399 |
|
---|
2400 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
2401 | ; For compatibility.
|
---|
2402 | defproc Process_Mark_Like_Cua
|
---|
2403 | fMarkDeleted = ReplaceMark()
|
---|
2404 | if fMarkDeleted then
|
---|
2405 | rcx = 1
|
---|
2406 | else
|
---|
2407 | rcx = ''
|
---|
2408 | endif
|
---|
2409 | return rcx
|
---|
2410 |
|
---|
2411 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
2412 | defc SwitchMarkingMode
|
---|
2413 | universal menuloaded
|
---|
2414 | universal cua_marking_switch
|
---|
2415 |
|
---|
2416 | NewMarkingMode = upcase( strip( leftstr( arg( 1), 1)))
|
---|
2417 | CurrentMarkingMode = QueryMarkingMode()
|
---|
2418 | if NewMarkingMode <> CurrentMarkingMode then
|
---|
2419 | if NewMarkingMode = 'A' then
|
---|
2420 | 'ApplyMarkingBitStr' GetDefaultMarkingBitStr( 'ADV')
|
---|
2421 | elseif NewMarkingMode = 'C' then
|
---|
2422 | 'ApplyMarkingBitStr' GetDefaultMarkingBitStr( 'CUA')
|
---|
2423 | endif
|
---|
2424 |
|
---|
2425 | -- For compatibility
|
---|
2426 | if NewMarkingMode = 'C' then
|
---|
2427 | cua_marking_switch = 1
|
---|
2428 | else
|
---|
2429 | cua_marking_switch = 0
|
---|
2430 | endif
|
---|
2431 |
|
---|
2432 | -- Refresh display
|
---|
2433 | 'RefreshInfoLine MARKINGMODE'
|
---|
2434 |
|
---|
2435 | -- Refresh menus
|
---|
2436 | if menuloaded then
|
---|
2437 | -- Set menu attributes and text for the case MIA_NODISMISS attribute is on
|
---|
2438 | if GetMenuAVar( 'mid_mark') then
|
---|
2439 | 'menuinit_mark'
|
---|
2440 | endif
|
---|
2441 | -- The menu from where the action stems can't be queried with activemenu.
|
---|
2442 | -- After opening the 'prefspopup' menu, the universal is switched back to
|
---|
2443 | -- 'default'.
|
---|
2444 | if GetMenuAVar( 'mid_basicconfig') then
|
---|
2445 | 'menuinit_basicconfig'
|
---|
2446 | 'menuinit_markingsettings'
|
---|
2447 | endif
|
---|
2448 | endif
|
---|
2449 | endif
|
---|
2450 |
|
---|
2451 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
2452 | ; Returns 'A' | 'C' | ''
|
---|
2453 | defproc QueryMarkingMode
|
---|
2454 | CurrentMarkingMode = ''
|
---|
2455 | CurrentMarkingBitStr = GetCurrentMarkingBitStr()
|
---|
2456 | -- E precision is max. 9 digits, DigitComp is required
|
---|
2457 | fAdvancedMarking = not DigitComp( CurrentMarkingBitStr,
|
---|
2458 | GetDefaultMarkingBitStr( 'ADV'))
|
---|
2459 | fCuaMarking = not DigitComp( CurrentMarkingBitStr,
|
---|
2460 | GetDefaultMarkingBitStr( 'CUA'))
|
---|
2461 | if fAdvancedMarking then
|
---|
2462 | CurrentMarkingMode = 'A'
|
---|
2463 | elseif fCuaMarking then
|
---|
2464 | CurrentMarkingMode = 'C'
|
---|
2465 | endif
|
---|
2466 | return CurrentMarkingMode
|
---|
2467 |
|
---|
2468 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
2469 | defproc GetCurrentMarkingBitStr
|
---|
2470 | KeyPath = '\NEPMD\User\Mark\DefaultPaste'
|
---|
2471 | DefaultPaste = QueryConfigKey( KeyPath)
|
---|
2472 |
|
---|
2473 | KeyPath = '\NEPMD\User\Mark\ShiftMarkAlwaysExtends'
|
---|
2474 | fShiftMarkExtends = QueryConfigKey( KeyPath)
|
---|
2475 |
|
---|
2476 | KeyPath = '\NEPMD\User\Mark\LineInsert'
|
---|
2477 | InsertMarkedLines = QueryConfigKey( KeyPath)
|
---|
2478 |
|
---|
2479 | KeyPath = '\NEPMD\User\Mark\ReplaceMark'
|
---|
2480 | fReplaceMark = QueryConfigKey( KeyPath)
|
---|
2481 |
|
---|
2482 | KeyPath = '\NEPMD\User\Mark\DirectMarkActions'
|
---|
2483 | fDirectMarkActions = QueryConfigKey( KeyPath)
|
---|
2484 |
|
---|
2485 | KeyPath = '\NEPMD\User\Mark\UnmarkOnAnyKey'
|
---|
2486 | fUnmarkOnAnyKey = QueryConfigKey( KeyPath)
|
---|
2487 |
|
---|
2488 | KeyPath = '\NEPMD\User\Mark\UnmarkAfterMove'
|
---|
2489 | fUnmarkAfterMove = QueryConfigKey( KeyPath)
|
---|
2490 |
|
---|
2491 | KeyPath = '\NEPMD\User\Mark\DefaultMouseMark'
|
---|
2492 | DefaultMouseMark = QueryConfigKey( KeyPath)
|
---|
2493 |
|
---|
2494 | KeyPath = '\NEPMD\User\Mark\GoToMousePos'
|
---|
2495 | fGoToMouseMark = QueryConfigKey( KeyPath)
|
---|
2496 |
|
---|
2497 | KeyPath = '\NEPMD\User\MB1DoubleClick\Mark'
|
---|
2498 | DoubleClickMarks = QueryConfigKey( KeyPath)
|
---|
2499 |
|
---|
2500 | f4os2MouseMark = Query4os2MouseMark()
|
---|
2501 |
|
---|
2502 | KeyPath = '\NEPMD\User\MB1DoubleClick\UnmarkOnSpace'
|
---|
2503 | fDoubleClickUnmarks = QueryConfigKey( KeyPath)
|
---|
2504 |
|
---|
2505 | KeyPath = '\NEPMD\User\SearchDialog\SearchMarkIfMarked'
|
---|
2506 | fSearchMarkIfMarked = QueryConfigKey( KeyPath)
|
---|
2507 |
|
---|
2508 | KeyPath = '\NEPMD\User\SearchDialog\SearchMarkedWords'
|
---|
2509 | fSearchMarkedWords = QueryConfigKey( KeyPath)
|
---|
2510 |
|
---|
2511 | CurrentMarkingBitStr = '' ||
|
---|
2512 | DefaultPaste ||
|
---|
2513 | fShiftMarkExtends ||
|
---|
2514 | InsertMarkedLines ||
|
---|
2515 | fReplaceMark ||
|
---|
2516 | fDirectMarkActions ||
|
---|
2517 | fUnmarkOnAnyKey ||
|
---|
2518 | fUnmarkAfterMove ||
|
---|
2519 | DefaultMouseMark ||
|
---|
2520 | fGoToMouseMark ||
|
---|
2521 | DoubleClickMarks ||
|
---|
2522 | f4os2MouseMark ||
|
---|
2523 | fDoubleClickUnmarks ||
|
---|
2524 | fSearchMarkIfMarked ||
|
---|
2525 | fSearchMarkedWords
|
---|
2526 |
|
---|
2527 | return CurrentMarkingBitStr
|
---|
2528 |
|
---|
2529 | ; -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Preferences ------------------
|
---|
2530 | const
|
---|
2531 | compile if not defined( PRESET_BITSTR_USER_CUA)
|
---|
2532 | PRESET_BITSTR_USER_CUA = 011100000
|
---|
2533 | compile endif
|
---|
2534 | compile if not defined( PRESET_BITSTR_PROG_CUA)
|
---|
2535 | PRESET_BITSTR_PROG_CUA = 101111111
|
---|
2536 | compile endif
|
---|
2537 | compile if not defined( PRESET_BITSTR_PROG_STD)
|
---|
2538 | PRESET_BITSTR_PROG_STD = 100011111
|
---|
2539 | compile endif
|
---|
2540 | compile if not defined( MARKING_BITSTR_ADV)
|
---|
2541 | MARKING_BITSTR_ADV = '???01 0? ?0?? 1 ??'
|
---|
2542 | compile endif
|
---|
2543 | compile if not defined( MARKING_BITSTR_CUA)
|
---|
2544 | MARKING_BITSTR_CUA = 'C0A10 10 C1W? 0 ??'
|
---|
2545 | compile endif
|
---|
2546 |
|
---|
2547 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
2548 | defproc GetDefaultMarkingBitStr
|
---|
2549 | MarkingType = upcase( arg( 1))
|
---|
2550 | DefaultMarkingBitStr = ''
|
---|
2551 | if MarkingType = 'ADV' then
|
---|
2552 | DefaultMarkingBitStr = MARKING_BITSTR_ADV
|
---|
2553 | elseif MarkingType = 'CUA' then
|
---|
2554 | DefaultMarkingBitStr = MARKING_BITSTR_CUA
|
---|
2555 | endif
|
---|
2556 | return DefaultMarkingBitStr
|
---|
2557 |
|
---|
2558 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
2559 | defc ApplyMarkingBitStr
|
---|
2560 | do once = 1 to 1
|
---|
2561 |
|
---|
2562 | -- Query CurrentMarkingBitStr
|
---|
2563 | CurrentMarkingBitStr = SpaceStr( arg( 1), 0)
|
---|
2564 | -- Check CurrentMarkingBitStr
|
---|
2565 | if length( CurrentMarkingBitStr) <>
|
---|
2566 | length( SpaceStr( GetDefaultMarkingBitStr( 'ADV'), 0)) then
|
---|
2567 | leave
|
---|
2568 | endif
|
---|
2569 | -- Parse CurrentMarkingBitStr
|
---|
2570 | DefaultPaste = substr( CurrentMarkingBitStr, 1, 1)
|
---|
2571 | fShiftMarkExtends = substr( CurrentMarkingBitStr, 2, 1)
|
---|
2572 | InsertMarkedLines = substr( CurrentMarkingBitStr, 3, 1)
|
---|
2573 | fReplaceMark = substr( CurrentMarkingBitStr, 4, 1)
|
---|
2574 | fDirectMarkActions = substr( CurrentMarkingBitStr, 5, 1)
|
---|
2575 | fUnmarkOnAnyKey = substr( CurrentMarkingBitStr, 6, 1)
|
---|
2576 | fUnmarkAfterMove = substr( CurrentMarkingBitStr, 7, 1)
|
---|
2577 | DefaultMouseMark = substr( CurrentMarkingBitStr, 8, 1)
|
---|
2578 | fGoToMouseMark = substr( CurrentMarkingBitStr, 9, 1)
|
---|
2579 | DoubleClickMarks = substr( CurrentMarkingBitStr, 10, 1)
|
---|
2580 | f4os2MouseMark = substr( CurrentMarkingBitStr, 11, 1)
|
---|
2581 | fDoubleClickUnmarks = substr( CurrentMarkingBitStr, 12, 1)
|
---|
2582 | fSearchMarkIfMarked = substr( CurrentMarkingBitStr, 13, 1)
|
---|
2583 | fSearchMarkedWords = substr( CurrentMarkingBitStr, 14, 1)
|
---|
2584 |
|
---|
2585 | -- Apply bits
|
---|
2586 |
|
---|
2587 | KeyPath = '\NEPMD\User\Mark\DefaultPaste'
|
---|
2588 | if DefaultPaste = '?' then
|
---|
2589 | -- nop
|
---|
2590 | elseif DefaultPaste <> QueryConfigKey( KeyPath) then
|
---|
2591 | WriteConfigKey( KeyPath, DefaultPaste)
|
---|
2592 | RefreshMenuAccelString( 'paste')
|
---|
2593 | RefreshMenuAccelString( 'pastelines')
|
---|
2594 | RefreshMenuAccelString( 'pasteblock')
|
---|
2595 | endif
|
---|
2596 |
|
---|
2597 | KeyPath = '\NEPMD\User\Mark\ShiftMarkAlwaysExtends'
|
---|
2598 | if fShiftMarkExtends = '?' then
|
---|
2599 | -- nop
|
---|
2600 | elseif fShiftMarkExtends <> QueryConfigKey( KeyPath) then
|
---|
2601 | 'toggle_shift_mark_extends'
|
---|
2602 | endif
|
---|
2603 |
|
---|
2604 | KeyPath = '\NEPMD\User\Mark\LineInsert'
|
---|
2605 | if InsertMarkedLines = '?' then
|
---|
2606 | -- nop
|
---|
2607 | elseif InsertMarkedLines <> QueryConfigKey( KeyPath) then
|
---|
2608 | 'toggle_lineinsert'
|
---|
2609 | endif
|
---|
2610 |
|
---|
2611 | if fReplaceMark = '?' then
|
---|
2612 | -- nop
|
---|
2613 | else
|
---|
2614 | 'SwitchReplaceMark 'fReplaceMark
|
---|
2615 | endif
|
---|
2616 |
|
---|
2617 | if fDirectMarkActions = '?' then
|
---|
2618 | -- nop
|
---|
2619 | else
|
---|
2620 | 'SwitchDirectMarkActions 'fDirectMarkActions
|
---|
2621 | endif
|
---|
2622 |
|
---|
2623 | if fUnmarkOnAnyKey = '?' then
|
---|
2624 | -- nop
|
---|
2625 | else
|
---|
2626 | 'SwitchUnmarkOnAnyKey 'fUnmarkOnAnyKey
|
---|
2627 | endif
|
---|
2628 |
|
---|
2629 | KeyPath = '\NEPMD\User\Mark\UnmarkAfterMove'
|
---|
2630 | if fUnmarkAfterMove = '?' then
|
---|
2631 | -- nop
|
---|
2632 | elseif fUnmarkAfterMove <> QueryConfigKey( KeyPath) then
|
---|
2633 | 'toggle_unmark_after_move'
|
---|
2634 | endif
|
---|
2635 |
|
---|
2636 | if DefaultMouseMark = '?' then
|
---|
2637 | -- nop
|
---|
2638 | else
|
---|
2639 | 'SwitchDefaultMouseMark 'DefaultMouseMark
|
---|
2640 | endif
|
---|
2641 |
|
---|
2642 | if fGoToMouseMark = '?' then
|
---|
2643 | -- nop
|
---|
2644 | else
|
---|
2645 | 'SwitchGoToMouseMarkPos 'fGoToMouseMark
|
---|
2646 | endif
|
---|
2647 |
|
---|
2648 | if DoubleClickMarks = '?' then
|
---|
2649 | -- nop
|
---|
2650 | else
|
---|
2651 | 'SwitchDoubleClickMarks 'DoubleClickMarks
|
---|
2652 | endif
|
---|
2653 |
|
---|
2654 | if f4os2MouseMark = '?' then
|
---|
2655 | -- nop
|
---|
2656 | elseif f4os2MouseMark <> Query4os2MouseMark() then
|
---|
2657 | 'Toggle4os2MouseMark'
|
---|
2658 | endif
|
---|
2659 |
|
---|
2660 | if fDoubleClickUnmarks = '?' then
|
---|
2661 | -- nop
|
---|
2662 | else
|
---|
2663 | 'SwitchDoubleClickUnmarks 'fDoubleClickUnmarks
|
---|
2664 | endif
|
---|
2665 |
|
---|
2666 | KeyPath = '\NEPMD\User\SearchDialog\SearchMarkIfMarked'
|
---|
2667 | if fSearchMarkIfMarked = '?' then
|
---|
2668 | -- nop
|
---|
2669 | elseif fSearchMarkIfMarked <> QueryConfigKey( KeyPath) then
|
---|
2670 | 'toggle_SearchMarkIfMarked'
|
---|
2671 | endif
|
---|
2672 |
|
---|
2673 | KeyPath = '\NEPMD\User\SearchDialog\SearchMarkedWords'
|
---|
2674 | if fSearchMarkedWords = '?' then
|
---|
2675 | -- nop
|
---|
2676 | elseif fSearchMarkedWords <> QueryConfigKey( KeyPath) then
|
---|
2677 | 'toggle_SearchMarkedWords'
|
---|
2678 | endif
|
---|
2679 |
|
---|
2680 | if GetMenuAVar( 'mid_markingsettings') then
|
---|
2681 | 'menuinit_markingsettings'
|
---|
2682 | endif
|
---|
2683 | call MH_Set_Mouse()
|
---|
2684 | 'ReloadKeyset' -- -> SetKeyset2 -> SwitchKeyset -> RefreshMenu - required for hint text
|
---|
2685 |
|
---|
2686 | -- E precision is max. 9 digits, DigitComp is required
|
---|
2687 | if GetMenuAVar( 'mid_advancedmarking') then
|
---|
2688 | SetMenuAttribute( 'advancedmarking', MIA_CHECKED,
|
---|
2689 | DigitComp( CurrentMarkingBitStr, GetDefaultMarkingBitStr( 'ADV')))
|
---|
2690 | endif
|
---|
2691 | if GetMenuAVar( 'mid_cuamarking') then
|
---|
2692 | SetMenuAttribute( 'cuamarking', MIA_CHECKED,
|
---|
2693 | DigitComp( CurrentMarkingBitStr, GetDefaultMarkingBitStr( 'CUA')))
|
---|
2694 | endif
|
---|
2695 |
|
---|
2696 | enddo
|
---|
2697 |
|
---|
2698 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
2699 | defproc ReplaceMark
|
---|
2700 | do once = 1 to 1
|
---|
2701 | fMarkDeleted = 0
|
---|
2702 |
|
---|
2703 | -- Config key
|
---|
2704 | KeyPath = '\NEPMD\User\Mark\ReplaceMark'
|
---|
2705 | fReplaceMark = QueryConfigKey( KeyPath)
|
---|
2706 | if not fReplaceMark then
|
---|
2707 | leave
|
---|
2708 | endif
|
---|
2709 |
|
---|
2710 | -- File not marked
|
---|
2711 | if not FileIsMarked() then
|
---|
2712 | if marktype() then
|
---|
2713 | -- Unmark mark in other file
|
---|
2714 | unmark
|
---|
2715 | endif
|
---|
2716 | leave
|
---|
2717 | endif
|
---|
2718 |
|
---|
2719 | getmark firstline, lastline, firstcol, lastcol, markfileid
|
---|
2720 | -- Delete mark buffer, see clipbrd.e for details
|
---|
2721 | 'Copy2DMBuff'
|
---|
2722 |
|
---|
2723 | -- Place cursor and delete mark
|
---|
2724 | firstline
|
---|
2725 | .col = firstcol
|
---|
2726 | call NextCmdAltersText()
|
---|
2727 | call pDelete_Mark()
|
---|
2728 |
|
---|
2729 | -- Remove content in EPM shared text buffer
|
---|
2730 | 'ClearSharBuff'
|
---|
2731 | fMarkDeleted = 1
|
---|
2732 | enddo
|
---|
2733 | return fMarkDeleted
|
---|
2734 |
|
---|
2735 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
2736 | defc SwitchReplaceMark
|
---|
2737 | do once = 1 to 1
|
---|
2738 | KeyPath = '\NEPMD\User\Mark\ReplaceMark'
|
---|
2739 | NewState = upcase( strip( leftstr( arg( 1), 1)))
|
---|
2740 | if NewState = 'T' then
|
---|
2741 | fReplaceMark = QueryConfigKey( KeyPath)
|
---|
2742 | NewState = not fReplaceMark
|
---|
2743 | elseif NewState = 0 then
|
---|
2744 | -- nop
|
---|
2745 | elseif NewState = 1 then
|
---|
2746 | -- nop
|
---|
2747 | else
|
---|
2748 | 'SayError SwitchReplaceMark: Undefined arg 'arg( 1)' specified.'
|
---|
2749 | leave
|
---|
2750 | endif
|
---|
2751 | WriteConfigKey( KeyPath, NewState)
|
---|
2752 | if GetMenuAVar( 'mid_replacemark') then
|
---|
2753 | SetMenuAttribute( 'replacemark', MIA_CHECKED, not NewState)
|
---|
2754 | endif
|
---|
2755 | enddo
|
---|
2756 |
|
---|
2757 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
2758 | defproc QueryReplaceMark
|
---|
2759 | KeyPath = '\NEPMD\User\Mark\ReplaceMark'
|
---|
2760 | fReplaceMark = QueryConfigKey( KeyPath)
|
---|
2761 | return fReplaceMark
|
---|
2762 |
|
---|
2763 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
2764 | defc SwitchDirectMarkActions
|
---|
2765 | do once = 1 to 1
|
---|
2766 | KeyPath = '\NEPMD\User\Mark\DirectMarkActions'
|
---|
2767 | NewState = upcase( strip( leftstr( arg( 1), 1)))
|
---|
2768 | if NewState = 'T' then
|
---|
2769 | fDirectMarkActions = QueryConfigKey( KeyPath)
|
---|
2770 | NewState = not fDirectMarkActions
|
---|
2771 | elseif NewState = 0 then
|
---|
2772 | -- nop
|
---|
2773 | elseif NewState = 1 then
|
---|
2774 | -- nop
|
---|
2775 | else
|
---|
2776 | 'SayError SwitchDirectMarkActions: Undefined arg 'arg( 1)' specified.'
|
---|
2777 | leave
|
---|
2778 | endif
|
---|
2779 | WriteConfigKey( KeyPath, NewState)
|
---|
2780 | if GetMenuAVar( 'mid_directmarkactions') then
|
---|
2781 | SetMenuAttribute( 'directmarkactions', MIA_CHECKED, not NewState)
|
---|
2782 | endif
|
---|
2783 | if NewState = 1 then
|
---|
2784 | -- Uncheck 'Unmark on any key'
|
---|
2785 | 'SwitchUnmarkOnAnyKey 0'
|
---|
2786 | endif
|
---|
2787 | -- Direct mark menu items (Copy, Move, Overlay, Adjust) are added/removed
|
---|
2788 | 'RefreshMenu'
|
---|
2789 | enddo
|
---|
2790 |
|
---|
2791 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
2792 | defproc QueryDirectMarkActions
|
---|
2793 | KeyPath = '\NEPMD\User\Mark\DirectMarkActions'
|
---|
2794 | fDirectMarkActions = QueryConfigKey( KeyPath)
|
---|
2795 | return fDirectMarkActions
|
---|
2796 |
|
---|
2797 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
2798 | defproc UnmarkOnAnyKey
|
---|
2799 | KeyPath = '\NEPMD\User\Mark\UnmarkOnAnyKey'
|
---|
2800 | fUnmarkOnAnyKey = QueryConfigKey( KeyPath)
|
---|
2801 | if fUnmarkOnAnyKey then
|
---|
2802 | unmark
|
---|
2803 | endif
|
---|
2804 | return fUnmarkOnAnyKey
|
---|
2805 |
|
---|
2806 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
2807 | defproc QueryUnmarkOnAnyKey
|
---|
2808 | KeyPath = '\NEPMD\User\Mark\UnmarkOnAnyKey'
|
---|
2809 | fUnmarkOnAnyKey = QueryConfigKey( KeyPath)
|
---|
2810 | return fUnmarkOnAnyKey
|
---|
2811 |
|
---|
2812 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
2813 | defc SwitchUnmarkOnAnyKey
|
---|
2814 | do once = 1 to 1
|
---|
2815 | KeyPath = '\NEPMD\User\Mark\UnmarkOnAnyKey'
|
---|
2816 | NewState = upcase( strip( leftstr( arg( 1), 1)))
|
---|
2817 | if NewState = 'T' then
|
---|
2818 | fUnmarkOnAnyKey = QueryConfigKey( KeyPath)
|
---|
2819 | NewState = not fUnmarkOnAnyKey
|
---|
2820 | elseif NewState = 0 then
|
---|
2821 | -- nop
|
---|
2822 | elseif NewState = 1 then
|
---|
2823 | -- nop
|
---|
2824 | else
|
---|
2825 | 'SayError SwitchUnmarkOnAnyKey: Undefined arg 'arg( 1)' specified.'
|
---|
2826 | leave
|
---|
2827 | endif
|
---|
2828 | WriteConfigKey( KeyPath, NewState)
|
---|
2829 | if GetMenuAVar( 'mid_unmarkonanykey') then
|
---|
2830 | SetMenuAttribute( 'unmarkonanykey', MIA_CHECKED, not NewState)
|
---|
2831 | endif
|
---|
2832 | if NewState = 1 then
|
---|
2833 | -- Switch 'Direct mark actions' off
|
---|
2834 | 'SwitchDirectMarkActions 0'
|
---|
2835 | -- Switch 'Sh-mark always extends' off
|
---|
2836 | 'SwitchShiftMarkAlwaysExtends 0'
|
---|
2837 | endif
|
---|
2838 | enddo
|
---|
2839 |
|
---|
2840 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
2841 | defc SwitchShiftMarkAlwaysExtends
|
---|
2842 | do once = 1 to 1
|
---|
2843 | KeyPath = '\NEPMD\User\MarkShiftMarkExtends'
|
---|
2844 | NewState = upcase( strip( leftstr( arg( 1), 1)))
|
---|
2845 | if NewState = 'T' then
|
---|
2846 | fShiftMarkAlwaysExtends = QueryConfigKey( KeyPath)
|
---|
2847 | NewState = not fShiftMarkAlwaysExtends
|
---|
2848 | elseif NewState = 0 then
|
---|
2849 | -- nop
|
---|
2850 | elseif NewState = 1 then
|
---|
2851 | -- nop
|
---|
2852 | else
|
---|
2853 | 'SayError SwitchShiftMarkAlwaysExtends: Undefined arg 'arg( 1)' specified.'
|
---|
2854 | leave
|
---|
2855 | endif
|
---|
2856 | WriteConfigKey( KeyPath, NewState)
|
---|
2857 | if GetMenuAVar( 'mid_shiftmarkextends') then
|
---|
2858 | SetMenuAttribute( 'shiftmarkextends', MIA_CHECKED, not NewState)
|
---|
2859 | endif
|
---|
2860 | if NewState = 1 then
|
---|
2861 | -- Switch 'Unmark on any key' off
|
---|
2862 | 'SwitchUnmarkOnAnyKey 0'
|
---|
2863 | endif
|
---|
2864 | enddo
|
---|
2865 |
|
---|
2866 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
2867 | ; Moves the cursor to the pos. of the pointer. This is used at the end of
|
---|
2868 | ; mouse marking. The cursor pos. must be limitted to text pos. or just after
|
---|
2869 | ; the last column plus line end.
|
---|
2870 | defproc GoToMouseMarkPos
|
---|
2871 | do once = 1 to 1
|
---|
2872 | -- This is not active for advanced marking
|
---|
2873 | KeyPath = '\NEPMD\User\Mark\GoToMousePos'
|
---|
2874 | fGoToMousePos = QueryConfigKey( KeyPath)
|
---|
2875 | if not fGoToMousePos then
|
---|
2876 | leave
|
---|
2877 | endif
|
---|
2878 |
|
---|
2879 | -- Save horiz. scrolled pels
|
---|
2880 | oldsx = .scrollx
|
---|
2881 |
|
---|
2882 | -- Query pointer pos.
|
---|
2883 | call GetPointerPos( MouseLine, MouseCol)
|
---|
2884 | CursorLine = MouseLine
|
---|
2885 | CursorCol = MouseCol
|
---|
2886 |
|
---|
2887 | -- Limit CursorLine
|
---|
2888 | if CursorLine < 1 then
|
---|
2889 | KeyPath = '\NEPMD\User\Mark\LineInsert'
|
---|
2890 | LineInsert = QueryConfigKey( KeyPath)
|
---|
2891 | if LineInsert = 'A' then -- above current line
|
---|
2892 | MinCursorLine = 1
|
---|
2893 | else
|
---|
2894 | MinCursorLine = 0
|
---|
2895 | endif
|
---|
2896 | CursorLine = MinCursorLine
|
---|
2897 | endif
|
---|
2898 | if CursorLine > .last then
|
---|
2899 | CursorLine = .last
|
---|
2900 | endif
|
---|
2901 |
|
---|
2902 | -- Limit CursorCol
|
---|
2903 | -- If mouse button was released after line end, limit cursor pos.
|
---|
2904 | -- to after line end, like the mark.
|
---|
2905 | CursorLineLen = length( textline( CursorLine))
|
---|
2906 | if CursorCol > CursorLineLen + 2 then
|
---|
2907 | CursorCol = CursorLineLen + 2
|
---|
2908 | endif
|
---|
2909 |
|
---|
2910 | -- Set cursor pos.
|
---|
2911 | .lineg = CursorLine -- without scrolling
|
---|
2912 | .col = CursorCol
|
---|
2913 |
|
---|
2914 | -- Restore horiz. scrolled pels
|
---|
2915 | .scrollx = oldsx
|
---|
2916 | enddo
|
---|
2917 |
|
---|
2918 | return
|
---|
2919 |
|
---|
2920 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
2921 | defc SwitchGoToMouseMarkPos
|
---|
2922 | do once = 1 to 1
|
---|
2923 | KeyPath = '\NEPMD\User\Mark\GoToMousePos'
|
---|
2924 | NewState = upcase( strip( leftstr( arg( 1), 1)))
|
---|
2925 | if NewState = 'T' then
|
---|
2926 | fGoToMousePos = QueryConfigKey( KeyPath)
|
---|
2927 | NewState = not fGoToMousePos
|
---|
2928 | elseif NewState = 0 then
|
---|
2929 | -- nop
|
---|
2930 | elseif NewState = 1 then
|
---|
2931 | -- nop
|
---|
2932 | else
|
---|
2933 | 'SayError SwitchGoToMouseMarkPos: Undefined arg 'arg( 1)' specified.'
|
---|
2934 | leave
|
---|
2935 | endif
|
---|
2936 | WriteConfigKey( KeyPath, NewState)
|
---|
2937 | if GetMenuAVar( 'mid_gotomousemark') then
|
---|
2938 | SetMenuAttribute( 'gotomousemark', MIA_CHECKED, not NewState)
|
---|
2939 | SetMenuAttribute( 'gotomousemark2', MIA_CHECKED, not NewState)
|
---|
2940 | endif
|
---|
2941 | enddo
|
---|
2942 |
|
---|
2943 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
2944 | defproc QueryGoToMouseMarkPos
|
---|
2945 | KeyPath = '\NEPMD\User\Mark\GoToMousePos'
|
---|
2946 | fGoToMouseMarkPos = QueryConfigKey( KeyPath)
|
---|
2947 | return fGoToMouseMarkPos
|
---|
2948 |
|
---|
2949 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
2950 | defc SwitchDoubleClickUnmarks
|
---|
2951 | do once = 1 to 1
|
---|
2952 | KeyPath = '\NEPMD\User\MB1DoubleClick\UnmarkOnSpace'
|
---|
2953 | NewState = upcase( strip( leftstr( arg( 1), 1)))
|
---|
2954 | if NewState = 'T' then
|
---|
2955 | fDoubleClickUnmarks = QueryConfigKey( KeyPath)
|
---|
2956 | NewState = not fDoubleClickUnmarks
|
---|
2957 | elseif NewState = 0 then
|
---|
2958 | -- nop
|
---|
2959 | elseif NewState = 1 then
|
---|
2960 | -- nop
|
---|
2961 | else
|
---|
2962 | 'SayError SwitchDoubleClickUnmarks: Undefined arg 'arg( 1)' specified.'
|
---|
2963 | leave
|
---|
2964 | endif
|
---|
2965 | WriteConfigKey( KeyPath, NewState)
|
---|
2966 | if GetMenuAVar( 'mid_doubleclickunmarks') then
|
---|
2967 | SetMenuAttribute( 'doubleclickunmarks', MIA_CHECKED, not NewState)
|
---|
2968 | SetMenuAttribute( 'doubleclickunmarks2', MIA_CHECKED, not NewState)
|
---|
2969 | endif
|
---|
2970 | enddo
|
---|
2971 |
|
---|
2972 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
2973 | defproc QueryDoubleClickUnmarks
|
---|
2974 | KeyPath = '\NEPMD\User\MB1DoubleClick\UnmarkOnSpace'
|
---|
2975 | fDoubleClickUnmarks = QueryConfigKey( KeyPath)
|
---|
2976 | return fDoubleClickUnmarks
|
---|
2977 |
|
---|
2978 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
2979 | defc SwitchDoubleClickMarks
|
---|
2980 | do once = 1 to 1
|
---|
2981 | KeyPath = '\NEPMD\User\MB1DoubleClick\Mark'
|
---|
2982 | NewState = upcase( strip( leftstr( arg( 1), 1)))
|
---|
2983 | if NewState = 'T' then
|
---|
2984 | CurState = upcase( strip( leftstr( QueryConfigKey( KeyPath), 1)))
|
---|
2985 | if CurState = 'W' then
|
---|
2986 | NewState = 'I'
|
---|
2987 | elseif CurState = 'I' then
|
---|
2988 | NewState = 0
|
---|
2989 | else
|
---|
2990 | NewState = 'W'
|
---|
2991 | endif
|
---|
2992 | endif
|
---|
2993 | if NewState = 0 then
|
---|
2994 | Val = 'doesn''t mark'
|
---|
2995 | elseif NewState = 'W' then
|
---|
2996 | Val = 'marks word'
|
---|
2997 | elseif NewState = 'I' then
|
---|
2998 | Val = 'marks identifier'
|
---|
2999 | else
|
---|
3000 | 'SayError SwitchDoubleClickMarks: Undefined arg 'arg( 1)' specified.'
|
---|
3001 | leave
|
---|
3002 | endif
|
---|
3003 | WriteConfigKey( KeyPath, NewState)
|
---|
3004 | if GetMenuAVar( 'mid_doubleclickmarks') then
|
---|
3005 | SetMenuVarText( 'doubleclickmarks', Val)
|
---|
3006 | SetMenuVarText( 'doubleclickmarks2', Val)
|
---|
3007 | endif
|
---|
3008 | enddo
|
---|
3009 |
|
---|
3010 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
3011 | defproc QueryDoubleClickMarks
|
---|
3012 | KeyPath = '\NEPMD\User\MB1DoubleClick\Mark'
|
---|
3013 | DoubleClickMarks = QueryConfigKey( KeyPath)
|
---|
3014 | return DoubleClickMarks
|
---|
3015 |
|
---|
3016 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
3017 | defproc QueryDoubleClickOpensUrl
|
---|
3018 | KeyPath = '\NEPMD\User\MB1DoubleClick\OpenUrl'
|
---|
3019 | DoubleClickOpensUrl = QueryConfigKey( KeyPath)
|
---|
3020 | return DoubleClickOpensUrl
|
---|
3021 |
|
---|
3022 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
3023 | defproc QueryDoubleClickDirOpensFile
|
---|
3024 | KeyPath = '\NEPMD\User\MB1DoubleClick\DirOpenFile'
|
---|
3025 | DoubleClickDirOpensFile = QueryConfigKey( KeyPath)
|
---|
3026 | return DoubleClickDirOpensFile
|
---|
3027 |
|
---|
3028 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
3029 | defc SwitchDefaultMouseMark
|
---|
3030 | do once = 1 to 1
|
---|
3031 | KeyPath = '\NEPMD\User\Mark\DefaultMouseMark'
|
---|
3032 | NewState = upcase( strip( leftstr( arg( 1), 1)))
|
---|
3033 | if NewState = 'T' then
|
---|
3034 | DefaultMouseMark = QueryConfigKey( KeyPath)
|
---|
3035 | if DefaultMouseMark = 'B' then -- toggle
|
---|
3036 | DefaultMouseMark = 'C'
|
---|
3037 | new = 'char'
|
---|
3038 | else
|
---|
3039 | DefaultMouseMark = 'B'
|
---|
3040 | new = 'block'
|
---|
3041 | endif
|
---|
3042 | elseif NewState = 'B' then
|
---|
3043 | DefaultMouseMark = 'B'
|
---|
3044 | new = 'block'
|
---|
3045 | elseif NewState = 'C' then
|
---|
3046 | DefaultMouseMark = 'C'
|
---|
3047 | new = 'char'
|
---|
3048 | else
|
---|
3049 | 'SayError SwitchReplaceMark: Undefined arg 'arg( 1)' specified.'
|
---|
3050 | leave
|
---|
3051 | endif
|
---|
3052 | WriteConfigKey( KeyPath, DefaultMouseMark)
|
---|
3053 | if GetMenuAVar( 'mid_defaultmousemark') then
|
---|
3054 | SetMenuVarText( 'defaultmousemark', new)
|
---|
3055 | SetMenuVarText( 'defaultmousemark2', new)
|
---|
3056 | endif
|
---|
3057 | call MH_Set_Mouse()
|
---|
3058 | enddo
|
---|
3059 |
|
---|
3060 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
3061 | defproc DoubleClickMarksWord
|
---|
3062 | do once = 1 to 1
|
---|
3063 | if not .line then
|
---|
3064 | leave
|
---|
3065 | endif
|
---|
3066 |
|
---|
3067 | -- Config key
|
---|
3068 | KeyPath = '\NEPMD\User\MB1DoubleClick\MarkWord'
|
---|
3069 | fMarkWord = QueryConfigKey( KeyPath)
|
---|
3070 | if not fMarkWord then
|
---|
3071 | leave
|
---|
3072 | endif
|
---|
3073 |
|
---|
3074 | fMouseAfterLine = 0
|
---|
3075 | -- Won't position cursor after line end in stream mode
|
---|
3076 | 'MH_GoToLastClick'
|
---|
3077 | MouseCol = .col
|
---|
3078 | endline
|
---|
3079 | if .col <= MouseCol then
|
---|
3080 | fMouseAfterLine = 1
|
---|
3081 | endif
|
---|
3082 |
|
---|
3083 | if fMouseAfterLine then
|
---|
3084 | -- Mark only line end
|
---|
3085 | endline
|
---|
3086 | getfileid fid
|
---|
3087 | call pSet_Mark( .line, .line, .col, .col + 1, 'CHAR', fid)
|
---|
3088 | else
|
---|
3089 | --call pMark_Word()
|
---|
3090 | -- pMark_Word doesn't include white space; the following does:
|
---|
3091 | call pBegin_Word()
|
---|
3092 | KeyPath = '\NEPMD\User\Mark\WordMarkType'
|
---|
3093 | WordMarkType = QueryConfigKey( KeyPath)
|
---|
3094 | if WordMarkType = 'B' then
|
---|
3095 | markblock
|
---|
3096 | else
|
---|
3097 | markchar
|
---|
3098 | endif
|
---|
3099 | startcol = .col
|
---|
3100 | tabword
|
---|
3101 | .col = .col - 1
|
---|
3102 | if WordMarkType = 'B' then
|
---|
3103 | markblock
|
---|
3104 | else
|
---|
3105 | markchar
|
---|
3106 | endif
|
---|
3107 | .col = startcol
|
---|
3108 | endif
|
---|
3109 |
|
---|
3110 | -- Copy mark to shared text buffer
|
---|
3111 | 'Copy2SharBuff'
|
---|
3112 | 'MatchFindOnMove'
|
---|
3113 | enddo
|
---|
3114 | return
|
---|
3115 |
|
---|
3116 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
3117 | defc ConfigureNewlineCmd
|
---|
3118 | universal newline_enter
|
---|
3119 | universal default_stream_mode
|
---|
3120 |
|
---|
3121 | -- Menu item name
|
---|
3122 | miname = arg( 1)
|
---|
3123 | if miname = '' then
|
---|
3124 | miname = 'newline'
|
---|
3125 | endif
|
---|
3126 | key = lowcase( miname)
|
---|
3127 | if newline_enter = 'enter' then
|
---|
3128 | key = ChangeStr( 'newline', key, 'enter')
|
---|
3129 | endif
|
---|
3130 |
|
---|
3131 | KeyPath = '\NEPMD\User\SpecialKeys'
|
---|
3132 | if default_stream_mode then
|
---|
3133 | KeyPath = KeyPath'\Stream'
|
---|
3134 | else
|
---|
3135 | KeyPath = KeyPath'\Line'
|
---|
3136 | endif
|
---|
3137 | KeyPath = KeyPath'\'key
|
---|
3138 | next = QueryConfigKey( KeyPath)
|
---|
3139 | if next = '' then
|
---|
3140 | next = 'Split,KeepIndent'
|
---|
3141 | endif
|
---|
3142 | parse value next with SplitCfg','ColCfg','fCmd','Cmd
|
---|
3143 |
|
---|
3144 | Title = 'Configure command for 'key
|
---|
3145 | Text = 'Enter an E command:'
|
---|
3146 | Text = Text''copies( ' ', Max( 100 - length(Text), 0))
|
---|
3147 | Buttons = '/~Set/~Reset/'CANCEL__MSG
|
---|
3148 | Entry = Cmd
|
---|
3149 | if rightstr( Entry, 2) <> ':\' then
|
---|
3150 | Entry = strip( Entry, 'T', '\')
|
---|
3151 | endif
|
---|
3152 | parse value EntryBox( Title,
|
---|
3153 | Buttons,
|
---|
3154 | Entry,
|
---|
3155 | '',
|
---|
3156 | '',
|
---|
3157 | atoi( 1) || atoi( 0) || atol( 0) ||
|
---|
3158 | Text) with button 2 Cmd \0
|
---|
3159 | Cmd = strip( Cmd)
|
---|
3160 | if button = \1 then -- Set
|
---|
3161 | -- nop
|
---|
3162 | elseif button = \2 then -- Reset
|
---|
3163 | Cmd = ''
|
---|
3164 | else -- Cancel
|
---|
3165 | return
|
---|
3166 | endif
|
---|
3167 |
|
---|
3168 | fCmd = 1
|
---|
3169 | Val = SplitCfg','ColCfg','fCmd','Cmd
|
---|
3170 | WriteConfigKey( KeyPath, Val)
|
---|
3171 | MenuText_newlinesplit( key)
|
---|
3172 |
|
---|
3173 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
3174 | defproc GetExpandKeys
|
---|
3175 | KeyPath = '\NEPMD\User\SpecialKeys\ExpandKeys'
|
---|
3176 | ExpandKeys = QueryConfigKey( KeyPath, 'space newline')
|
---|
3177 | return ExpandKeys
|
---|
3178 |
|
---|
3179 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
3180 | defproc SetExpandKeys
|
---|
3181 | KeyPath = '\NEPMD\User\SpecialKeys\ExpandKeys'
|
---|
3182 | NewExpandKeys = arg( 1)
|
---|
3183 | if NewExpandKeys <> '' then
|
---|
3184 | call WriteConfigKey( KeyPath, NewExpandKeys)
|
---|
3185 | else
|
---|
3186 | call DeleteConfigKey( KeyPath)
|
---|
3187 | endif
|
---|
3188 | if isadefproc( 'MenuText_syntaxexpansionkeys') then
|
---|
3189 | MenuText_syntaxexpansionkeys()
|
---|
3190 | endif
|
---|
3191 |
|
---|
3192 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
3193 | defc SelectExpandKeys
|
---|
3194 | universal nodismiss
|
---|
3195 |
|
---|
3196 | CurExpandKeys = GetExpandKeys()
|
---|
3197 |
|
---|
3198 | Title = 'Configure syntax expansion keys'
|
---|
3199 | Text = 'Specify e.g. "space newline" or "c_space c_newline":'
|
---|
3200 | Text = Text''copies( ' ', Max( 100 - length( Text), 0))
|
---|
3201 | Buttons = '/~Set/~Reset/'CANCEL__MSG
|
---|
3202 | Entry = CurExpandKeys
|
---|
3203 | parse value EntryBox( Title,
|
---|
3204 | Buttons,
|
---|
3205 | Entry,
|
---|
3206 | '',
|
---|
3207 | '',
|
---|
3208 | atoi( 1) || atoi( 0) || atol( 0) ||
|
---|
3209 | Text) with button 2 NewExpandKeys \0
|
---|
3210 | NewExpandKeys = strip( NewExpandKeys)
|
---|
3211 | if button = \1 then -- Set
|
---|
3212 | -- nop
|
---|
3213 | elseif button = \2 then -- Reset
|
---|
3214 | NewExpandKeys = ''
|
---|
3215 | else -- Cancel
|
---|
3216 | return
|
---|
3217 | endif
|
---|
3218 |
|
---|
3219 | if NewExpandKeys <> CurExpandKeys then
|
---|
3220 | call SetExpandKeys( NewExpandKeys)
|
---|
3221 | else
|
---|
3222 | 'SayError Syntax expansion keys not changed.'
|
---|
3223 | endif
|
---|
3224 |
|
---|
3225 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
3226 | defproc ExpandSyntax()
|
---|
3227 | universal curkey
|
---|
3228 | --dprintf( 'ExpandSyntax: curkey = 'curkey)
|
---|
3229 |
|
---|
3230 | KeyPath = '\NEPMD\User\SpecialKeys\ExpandKeys'
|
---|
3231 | CurExpandKeys = QueryConfigKey( KeyPath, 'space newline')
|
---|
3232 | fExpanded = 0
|
---|
3233 | parse value curkey with KeyString \1 Cmd
|
---|
3234 | wp = wordpos( KeyString, CurExpandKeys)
|
---|
3235 | if wp = 1 then
|
---|
3236 | fExpanded = ExpandFirstSecond( 0)
|
---|
3237 | elseif wp = 2 then
|
---|
3238 | fExpanded = ExpandFirstSecond( 1)
|
---|
3239 | endif
|
---|
3240 | return fExpanded
|
---|
3241 |
|
---|
3242 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
3243 | ; Process syntax expansion.
|
---|
3244 | defproc ExpandFirstSecond( fSecond)
|
---|
3245 | universal expand_on
|
---|
3246 |
|
---|
3247 | fExpanded = 0
|
---|
3248 | getfileid fid
|
---|
3249 | ExpandMode = GetAVar( fid'.expand')
|
---|
3250 | if ExpandMode = 1 then
|
---|
3251 | ExpandMode = GetMode()
|
---|
3252 | endif
|
---|
3253 | --dprintf( 'ExpandFirstSecond( 'fSecond'): expand_on = 'expand_on', ExpandMode = 'ExpandMode)
|
---|
3254 | do once = 1 to 1
|
---|
3255 | if not expand_on then
|
---|
3256 | leave
|
---|
3257 | endif
|
---|
3258 | if ExpandMode = '' then
|
---|
3259 | leave
|
---|
3260 | endif
|
---|
3261 | if wordpos( upcase( ExpandMode), '0 OFF') > 0 then
|
---|
3262 | leave
|
---|
3263 | endif
|
---|
3264 |
|
---|
3265 | if fSecond then
|
---|
3266 | ExpandCmd = ExpandMode'SecondExpansion'
|
---|
3267 | else
|
---|
3268 | ExpandCmd = ExpandMode'FirstExpansion'
|
---|
3269 | endif
|
---|
3270 | if isadefc( ExpandCmd) then
|
---|
3271 | ExpandCmd
|
---|
3272 | fExpanded = (rc == 0)
|
---|
3273 | endif
|
---|
3274 | enddo
|
---|
3275 | return fExpanded
|
---|
3276 |
|
---|
3277 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
3278 | ; rc = 0 after expansion, otherwise rc = 1
|
---|
3279 | defc ForceExpansion
|
---|
3280 | universal expand_on
|
---|
3281 |
|
---|
3282 | fExpanded = 0
|
---|
3283 | getfileid fid
|
---|
3284 | ExpandMode = GetAVar( fid'.expand')
|
---|
3285 | do once = 1 to 1
|
---|
3286 | if not expand_on then
|
---|
3287 | leave
|
---|
3288 | endif
|
---|
3289 | if ExpandMode = '' then
|
---|
3290 | leave
|
---|
3291 | endif
|
---|
3292 | if wordpos( upcase( ExpandMode), '0 OFF') > 0 then
|
---|
3293 | leave
|
---|
3294 | endif
|
---|
3295 |
|
---|
3296 | rc = -1
|
---|
3297 | if isadefc( ExpandMode'FirstExpansion') then
|
---|
3298 | ExpandMode'FirstExpansion force'
|
---|
3299 | endif
|
---|
3300 | if rc <> 0 then
|
---|
3301 | if isadefc( ExpandMode'SecondExpansion') then
|
---|
3302 | ExpandMode'SecondExpansion force'
|
---|
3303 | endif
|
---|
3304 | endif
|
---|
3305 | fExpanded = (rc == 0)
|
---|
3306 | enddo
|
---|
3307 | rc = (fExpanded == 0) -- rc = 1 means: not expanded
|
---|
3308 |
|
---|
3309 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
3310 | defproc GetHeaderWidth
|
---|
3311 | KeyPath = '\NEPMD\User\Mode\DEFAULT\HeaderWidth'
|
---|
3312 | DefaultVal = QueryConfigKey( KeyPath)
|
---|
3313 | KeyPath = '\NEPMD\User\Format\HeaderWidth'
|
---|
3314 | HeaderWidth = QueryConfigKey( KeyPath, DefaultVal)
|
---|
3315 | return HeaderWidth
|
---|
3316 |
|
---|
3317 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
3318 | defc HeaderWidthDlg
|
---|
3319 | KeyPath = '\NEPMD\User\Format\HeaderWidth'
|
---|
3320 | NewHeaderWidth = arg( 1)
|
---|
3321 | if NewHeaderWidth <> '' then
|
---|
3322 | if IsUInt( NewHeaderWidth) then
|
---|
3323 | call WriteConfigKey( KeyPath, NewHeaderWidth)
|
---|
3324 | return
|
---|
3325 | elseif upcase( NewHeaderWidth) = 'RESET' then
|
---|
3326 | call DeleteConfigKey( KeyPath)
|
---|
3327 | return
|
---|
3328 | endif
|
---|
3329 | endif
|
---|
3330 |
|
---|
3331 | CurHeaderWidth = GetHeaderWidth()
|
---|
3332 |
|
---|
3333 | Title = 'Select header width'
|
---|
3334 | Text = 'Number of columns used for boxes, center, wrap and syntax expansion:'
|
---|
3335 | Text = Text''copies( ' ', Max( 100 - length( Text), 0))
|
---|
3336 | Buttons = '/~Set/~Reset/'CANCEL__MSG
|
---|
3337 | Entry = CurHeaderWidth
|
---|
3338 | parse value EntryBox( Title,
|
---|
3339 | Buttons,
|
---|
3340 | Entry,
|
---|
3341 | 0,
|
---|
3342 | 240,
|
---|
3343 | atoi( 1) || atoi( 0) || atol( 0) ||
|
---|
3344 | Text) with button 2 NewHeaderWidth \0
|
---|
3345 | NewHeaderWidth = strip( NewHeaderWidth)
|
---|
3346 | if button = \1 then -- Set
|
---|
3347 | -- nop
|
---|
3348 | elseif button = \2 then -- Reset
|
---|
3349 | NewHeaderWidth = ''
|
---|
3350 | else -- Cancel
|
---|
3351 | return
|
---|
3352 | endif
|
---|
3353 |
|
---|
3354 | if NewHeaderWidth <> CurHeaderWidth & IsNum( NewHeaderWidth) then
|
---|
3355 | 'HeaderWidthDlg' NewHeaderWidth
|
---|
3356 | else
|
---|
3357 | 'HeaderWidthDlg RESET'
|
---|
3358 | endif
|
---|
3359 |
|
---|
3360 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
3361 | ; Syntax:
|
---|
3362 | ; FoundLineNum =
|
---|
3363 | ; WordWithIndentExists( Wrd, IndentLen [, Case [, MaxLines]])
|
---|
3364 | ; Case = 0 means caseless, the default value is 1 (case-sensitive).
|
---|
3365 | ; Finds e.g. 'endddo' in next lines with the same indent. Stops at max.
|
---|
3366 | ; processed lines. Stops if indent is lower. Recognizes comments and
|
---|
3367 | ; literals. Handles tabs correctly.
|
---|
3368 | ; This is used by syntax expansion procs.
|
---|
3369 | ; IndentLen is the length of the blank area after expanding tabs.
|
---|
3370 | ; Return the found line number. If Wrd is not found, 0 is returned.
|
---|
3371 | defproc WordWithIndentExists( Wrd, IndentLen)
|
---|
3372 | Case = arg( 3)
|
---|
3373 | if Case <> 0 then
|
---|
3374 | Case = 1 -- case-sensitive
|
---|
3375 | endif
|
---|
3376 | MaxLines = arg( 4)
|
---|
3377 | if MaxLines = '' then
|
---|
3378 | MaxLines = 100
|
---|
3379 | endif
|
---|
3380 | CurMode = GetMode()
|
---|
3381 |
|
---|
3382 | -- Search in comments if the Wrd to search is a comment char itself
|
---|
3383 | fSearchInComments = 0
|
---|
3384 | CommentChars = QueryModeKey( CurMode, 'LineComment')
|
---|
3385 | CommentChars = CommentChars' 'QueryModeKey( CurMode, 'MultiLineCommentStart')
|
---|
3386 | CommentChars = CommentChars' 'QueryModeKey( CurMode, 'MultiLineCommentEnd')
|
---|
3387 | if wordpos( Wrd, CommentChars) then
|
---|
3388 | fSearchInComments = 1
|
---|
3389 | endif
|
---|
3390 |
|
---|
3391 | FoundLineNum = 0
|
---|
3392 | --dprintf( 'KeyWord = 'KeyWord', IndentLen = 'IndentLen' ------')
|
---|
3393 | l = .line
|
---|
3394 | do forever
|
---|
3395 | l = l + 1
|
---|
3396 | if l > .last then
|
---|
3397 | leave
|
---|
3398 | endif
|
---|
3399 | if l - .line > MaxLines then
|
---|
3400 | leave
|
---|
3401 | endif
|
---|
3402 |
|
---|
3403 | getline NextLineStr, l
|
---|
3404 | NextFirstWrd = word( translate( NextLineStr, ' ', \9), 1)
|
---|
3405 | UpNextFirstWrd = upcase( NextFirstWrd)
|
---|
3406 | pNextFirstWrd = pos( UpNextFirstWrd, upcase( NextLineStr))
|
---|
3407 | NextSpc = leftstr( NextLineStr, Max( 0, pNextFirstWrd - 1)) -- Indent of line with tabs and spaces
|
---|
3408 | NextExpSpc = TabExpandStr( NextSpc, TabWidth, junk)
|
---|
3409 | NextExpSpcLen = length( NextExpSpc)
|
---|
3410 | --InComment = InsideCommentLiteral( GetMode(), l, pNextFirstWrd)
|
---|
3411 | --dprintf( rightstr( l, 2)': NextFirstWrd = 'NextFirstWrd', pNextFirstWrd = 'pNextFirstWrd', NextExpSpcLen = 'NextExpSpcLen', InComment = 'InComment', fSearchInComments = 'fSearchInComments)
|
---|
3412 |
|
---|
3413 | if NextFirstWrd = '' then
|
---|
3414 | iterate
|
---|
3415 | elseif not fSearchInComments & InsideCommentLiteral( CurMode, l, pNextFirstWrd) then
|
---|
3416 | iterate
|
---|
3417 | elseif NextExpSpcLen < IndentLen then
|
---|
3418 | leave
|
---|
3419 | elseif NextExpSpcLen > IndentLen then
|
---|
3420 | iterate
|
---|
3421 | else
|
---|
3422 | if Case = 1 then
|
---|
3423 | if NextFirstWrd = Wrd then
|
---|
3424 | FoundLineNum = l
|
---|
3425 | leave
|
---|
3426 | endif
|
---|
3427 | else
|
---|
3428 | if UpNextFirstWrd = upcase( Wrd) then
|
---|
3429 | FoundLineNum = l
|
---|
3430 | leave
|
---|
3431 | endif
|
---|
3432 | endif
|
---|
3433 | endif
|
---|
3434 | enddo
|
---|
3435 | return FoundLineNum
|
---|
3436 |
|
---|
3437 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
3438 | defc Space
|
---|
3439 | call NextCmdAltersText( 'S')
|
---|
3440 | call Process_Key( ' ')
|
---|
3441 |
|
---|
3442 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
3443 | ; This cmd is executed by all key cmds that move the cursor.
|
---|
3444 | defc MatchFindOnMove
|
---|
3445 | universal matchchars
|
---|
3446 | universal prevmatchdata
|
---|
3447 |
|
---|
3448 | fCallMatch = 0
|
---|
3449 | fFindOnMove = 0
|
---|
3450 | do once = 1 to 1
|
---|
3451 | line = textline( .line)
|
---|
3452 | char = substr( line, .col, 1)
|
---|
3453 |
|
---|
3454 | wp = wordpos( char, matchchars)
|
---|
3455 | if wp = 0 then
|
---|
3456 | leave
|
---|
3457 | endif
|
---|
3458 |
|
---|
3459 | KeyPath = '\NEPMD\User\SpecialKeys\MatchFindOnMove'
|
---|
3460 | fFindOnMove = QueryConfigKey( KeyPath)
|
---|
3461 | if not fFindOnMove then
|
---|
3462 | leave
|
---|
3463 | endif
|
---|
3464 |
|
---|
3465 | Mode = GetMode()
|
---|
3466 | if not InsideComment( Mode) then
|
---|
3467 | fCallMatch = 1
|
---|
3468 | endif
|
---|
3469 | enddo
|
---|
3470 |
|
---|
3471 | if fCallMatch then
|
---|
3472 | call AssistMatch( char)
|
---|
3473 | else
|
---|
3474 | -- Reset prevmatchdata
|
---|
3475 | prevmatchdata = ''
|
---|
3476 | endif
|
---|
3477 |
|
---|
3478 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
3479 | ; Return rc to notify calling SaveKeyCmd to stop further processing.
|
---|
3480 | ; closing_brace_auto_indent is set in MODEEXEC.E by the setting
|
---|
3481 | ; 'SetClosingBraceAutoIndent'.
|
---|
3482 | defproc ExpandMatchChars
|
---|
3483 | universal curkey
|
---|
3484 | universal matchchars
|
---|
3485 | universal closing_brace_auto_indent
|
---|
3486 | universal expand_on
|
---|
3487 |
|
---|
3488 | fExpanded = 0
|
---|
3489 | OpeningChar = ''
|
---|
3490 | ClosingChar = ''
|
---|
3491 | parse value curkey with KeyString \1 Cmd
|
---|
3492 | wp = wordpos( KeyString, matchchars)
|
---|
3493 | fEven = (wp // 2 = 0)
|
---|
3494 |
|
---|
3495 | fAutoIndentClosing = 0
|
---|
3496 | if KeyString = '}' then
|
---|
3497 | if closing_brace_auto_indent = 1 then
|
---|
3498 | fAutoIndentClosing = 1
|
---|
3499 | endif
|
---|
3500 | endif
|
---|
3501 |
|
---|
3502 | do once = 1 to 1
|
---|
3503 | if wp = 0 then
|
---|
3504 | leave
|
---|
3505 | elseif fEven then
|
---|
3506 | -- KeyString = closing char
|
---|
3507 | OpeningChar = word( matchchars, wp - 1)
|
---|
3508 | ClosingChar = KeyString
|
---|
3509 | ColBefore = .col
|
---|
3510 |
|
---|
3511 | if fAutoIndentClosing & expand_on then
|
---|
3512 | if expand_on then
|
---|
3513 | -- Replace current indent with matching indent
|
---|
3514 | call MatchAutoIndentClosing( OpeningChar, ClosingChar)
|
---|
3515 | ColBefore = .col
|
---|
3516 | endif
|
---|
3517 | endif
|
---|
3518 |
|
---|
3519 | -- Type closing char and highlight matching opening char
|
---|
3520 | call NextCmdAltersText()
|
---|
3521 | call Process_Keys( ClosingChar)
|
---|
3522 | ColAfter = .col
|
---|
3523 | fExpanded = 1
|
---|
3524 |
|
---|
3525 | -- Highlight matching opening char
|
---|
3526 | KeyPath = '\NEPMD\User\SpecialKeys\MatchFindOpening'
|
---|
3527 | fFindOpening = QueryConfigKey( KeyPath)
|
---|
3528 | if not fFindOpening then
|
---|
3529 | leave
|
---|
3530 | endif
|
---|
3531 | .col = ColBefore
|
---|
3532 | call AssistMatch( OpeningChar, ClosingChar)
|
---|
3533 | .col = ColAfter
|
---|
3534 |
|
---|
3535 | else
|
---|
3536 | -- KeyString = opening char
|
---|
3537 | OpeningChar = KeyString
|
---|
3538 | ClosingChar = word( matchchars, wp + 1)
|
---|
3539 |
|
---|
3540 | KeyPath = '\NEPMD\User\SpecialKeys\MatchInsertPair'
|
---|
3541 | fInsertPair = QueryConfigKey( KeyPath)
|
---|
3542 | if not fInsertPair then
|
---|
3543 | leave
|
---|
3544 | endif
|
---|
3545 |
|
---|
3546 | -- Type opening char and closing char and place cursor
|
---|
3547 | -- after opening char.
|
---|
3548 | -- Add closing char only if there's a space, tab, line end
|
---|
3549 | -- or another closing char at current pos.
|
---|
3550 | if insertstate() then
|
---|
3551 | NextChar = substr( textline( .line), .col, length( ClosingChar))
|
---|
3552 | else
|
---|
3553 | NextChar = substr( textline( .line), .col + length( OpeningChar), length( ClosingChar))
|
---|
3554 | endif
|
---|
3555 | if NextChar = '' or NextChar = ' ' or NextChar = \9 or NextChar = ClosingChar then
|
---|
3556 | call NextCmdAltersText()
|
---|
3557 | call Process_Keys( OpeningChar''ClosingChar)
|
---|
3558 | fExpanded = 1
|
---|
3559 | do l = 1 to length( ClosingChar)
|
---|
3560 | left
|
---|
3561 | enddo
|
---|
3562 |
|
---|
3563 | -- Highlight matching opening char
|
---|
3564 | KeyPath = '\NEPMD\User\SpecialKeys\MatchFindOpening'
|
---|
3565 | fFindOpening = QueryConfigKey( KeyPath)
|
---|
3566 | if not fFindOpening then
|
---|
3567 | leave
|
---|
3568 | endif
|
---|
3569 | call AssistMatch( OpeningChar, ClosingChar)
|
---|
3570 | endif
|
---|
3571 |
|
---|
3572 | endif
|
---|
3573 | enddo
|
---|
3574 | return fExpanded
|
---|
3575 |
|
---|
3576 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
3577 | const
|
---|
3578 | compile if not defined( MATCH_MAX_LINES)
|
---|
3579 | MATCH_MAX_LINES = 200
|
---|
3580 | compile endif
|
---|
3581 | compile if not defined( MATCH_MAX_LOOPS)
|
---|
3582 | MATCH_MAX_LOOPS = 50
|
---|
3583 | compile endif
|
---|
3584 |
|
---|
3585 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
3586 | ; Reposition cursor column to prepare typing } for alignment with line of
|
---|
3587 | ; opening { char.
|
---|
3588 | defproc MatchAutoIndentClosing( OpeningChar, ClosingChar)
|
---|
3589 | universal indent
|
---|
3590 |
|
---|
3591 | do once = 1 to 1
|
---|
3592 | if not IsNum( indent) then
|
---|
3593 | leave
|
---|
3594 | endif
|
---|
3595 |
|
---|
3596 | -- Check if line is blank, before typing }
|
---|
3597 | fLineIsBlank = (verify( textline( .line), ' '\t) == 0)
|
---|
3598 | if not fLineIsBlank then
|
---|
3599 | leave
|
---|
3600 | endif
|
---|
3601 |
|
---|
3602 | -- Find indent of matching opening char
|
---|
3603 | display -3 -- turn off non-critical error messages and screen updates
|
---|
3604 | -- Note: SayHint uses temp. 'display -8' to disable message box saving.
|
---|
3605 | -- That results in 'display -11'.
|
---|
3606 | call pSave_Pos( ScreenPos)
|
---|
3607 |
|
---|
3608 | startl = .line
|
---|
3609 | getline StartLine
|
---|
3610 | CloseIndent = ''
|
---|
3611 |
|
---|
3612 | -- Temporarily type ClosingChar before call of passist to find the opening char
|
---|
3613 | ColBefore = .col
|
---|
3614 | keyin ClosingChar
|
---|
3615 | ColAfter = .col
|
---|
3616 | .col = ColBefore
|
---|
3617 | VerboseLevel = 0
|
---|
3618 | fHighlight = 0
|
---|
3619 | lrc = pAssist( VerboseLevel, fHighlight, MATCH_MAX_LINES, MATCH_MAX_LOOPS)
|
---|
3620 |
|
---|
3621 | -- Match found: use indent of line with matched char
|
---|
3622 | if not lrc then
|
---|
3623 | getline ThisLine
|
---|
3624 | p0 = Max( 1, verify( ThisLine, ' '\t))
|
---|
3625 | CloseIndent = p0 - 1
|
---|
3626 | else
|
---|
3627 | -- Keep indent of typed '}'
|
---|
3628 | CloseIndent = ColBefore - 1
|
---|
3629 | endif
|
---|
3630 |
|
---|
3631 | -- Restore starting line from before keyin
|
---|
3632 | replaceline StartLine, startl
|
---|
3633 | call pRestore_Pos( ScreenPos)
|
---|
3634 | display 3 -- turn on non-critical error messages and screen updates
|
---|
3635 |
|
---|
3636 | -- Set the indent
|
---|
3637 | call pRestore_Pos( ScreenPos)
|
---|
3638 | .col = Max( 1, CloseIndent + 1)
|
---|
3639 | enddo
|
---|
3640 |
|
---|
3641 | return
|
---|
3642 |
|
---|
3643 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
3644 | defc AdjustMark
|
---|
3645 | call NextCmdAltersText()
|
---|
3646 | call pCommon_Adjust_Overlay('A')
|
---|
3647 |
|
---|
3648 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
3649 | defc OverlayMark
|
---|
3650 | call NextCmdAltersText()
|
---|
3651 | if marktype() then
|
---|
3652 | call pCommon_Adjust_Overlay('O')
|
---|
3653 | else -- If no mark, look into shared text buffer
|
---|
3654 | 'GetSharBuff O'
|
---|
3655 | endif
|
---|
3656 |
|
---|
3657 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
3658 | defc CopyMark
|
---|
3659 | universal stream_mode
|
---|
3660 |
|
---|
3661 | -- This creates only a new state if required, not when just the mark
|
---|
3662 | -- has changed
|
---|
3663 | call NextCmdAltersText()
|
---|
3664 |
|
---|
3665 | -- Ensure that cursor is on a line > 0
|
---|
3666 | if .line = 0 then
|
---|
3667 | -- Not for insert below
|
---|
3668 | KeyPath = '\NEPMD\User\Mark\LineInsert'
|
---|
3669 | LineInsert = QueryConfigKey( KeyPath)
|
---|
3670 | if LineInsert = 'A' then
|
---|
3671 | if .last = 0 then
|
---|
3672 | insertline '', 1
|
---|
3673 | endif
|
---|
3674 | down
|
---|
3675 | endif
|
---|
3676 | -- Not for line mode
|
---|
3677 | if stream_mode then
|
---|
3678 | .col = 1
|
---|
3679 | endif
|
---|
3680 | endif
|
---|
3681 |
|
---|
3682 | if marktype() then
|
---|
3683 | -- Ensure that pos and mark before the action is saved
|
---|
3684 | getfileid fid
|
---|
3685 | StateRange = QueryUndoState()
|
---|
3686 | parse value StateRange with OldestState NewestState
|
---|
3687 | -- Eventually override the previously saved pos and mark
|
---|
3688 | call SetUndoStatePos( fid, NewestState)
|
---|
3689 |
|
---|
3690 | call pCopy_Mark()
|
---|
3691 | else
|
---|
3692 | -- If no mark, look into shared text buffer
|
---|
3693 | 'GetSharBuff'
|
---|
3694 | endif
|
---|
3695 |
|
---|
3696 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
3697 | defc MoveMark
|
---|
3698 | universal stream_mode
|
---|
3699 |
|
---|
3700 | -- This creates only a new state if required, not when just the mark
|
---|
3701 | -- has changed
|
---|
3702 | call NextCmdAltersText()
|
---|
3703 |
|
---|
3704 | -- Ensure that cursor is on a line > 0
|
---|
3705 | if .line = 0 then
|
---|
3706 | -- Not for insert below
|
---|
3707 | KeyPath = '\NEPMD\User\Mark\LineInsert'
|
---|
3708 | LineInsert = QueryConfigKey( KeyPath)
|
---|
3709 | if LineInsert = 'A' then
|
---|
3710 | if .last = 0 then
|
---|
3711 | insertline '', 1
|
---|
3712 | endif
|
---|
3713 | down
|
---|
3714 | endif
|
---|
3715 | -- Not for line mode
|
---|
3716 | if stream_mode then
|
---|
3717 | .col = 1
|
---|
3718 | endif
|
---|
3719 | endif
|
---|
3720 |
|
---|
3721 | -- Ensure that pos and mark before the action is saved
|
---|
3722 | getfileid fid
|
---|
3723 | StateRange = QueryUndoState()
|
---|
3724 | parse value StateRange with OldestState NewestState
|
---|
3725 | -- Eventually override the previously saved pos and mark
|
---|
3726 | call SetUndoStatePos( fid, NewestState)
|
---|
3727 |
|
---|
3728 | call pMove_Mark()
|
---|
3729 | KeyPath = '\NEPMD\User\Mark\UnmarkAfterMove'
|
---|
3730 | UnmarkAfterMove = QueryConfigKey( KeyPath)
|
---|
3731 | if UnmarkAfterMove = 1 then
|
---|
3732 | unmark
|
---|
3733 | -- Remove content in shared text buffer
|
---|
3734 | 'ClearSharBuff'
|
---|
3735 | endif
|
---|
3736 |
|
---|
3737 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
3738 | defc DeleteMark
|
---|
3739 | getmark firstline, lastline, firstcol, lastcol, markfileid
|
---|
3740 | MkType = marktype()
|
---|
3741 | getfileid fileid
|
---|
3742 | if fileid <> markfileid then
|
---|
3743 | 'SayError 'MARKED_OTHER__MSG
|
---|
3744 | unmark
|
---|
3745 | endif
|
---|
3746 | -- Position cursor if it was on a marked line
|
---|
3747 | if .line >= firstline & .line <= lastline then
|
---|
3748 | if MkType = 'CHAR' & .line = firstline & .col <= firstcol then
|
---|
3749 | -- nop
|
---|
3750 | elseif MkType = 'BLOCK' & .col <= firstcol then
|
---|
3751 | -- nop
|
---|
3752 | elseif MkType = 'CHAR' | MkType = 'LINE' then
|
---|
3753 | firstline
|
---|
3754 | .col = firstcol
|
---|
3755 | elseif MkType = 'BLOCK' then
|
---|
3756 | .col = firstcol
|
---|
3757 | endif
|
---|
3758 | endif
|
---|
3759 | call NextCmdAltersText()
|
---|
3760 | -- Ensure that pos and mark before the action is saved
|
---|
3761 | getfileid fid
|
---|
3762 | StateRange = QueryUndoState()
|
---|
3763 | parse value StateRange with OldestState NewestState
|
---|
3764 | -- Eventually override the previously saved pos and mark
|
---|
3765 | call SetUndoStatePos( fid, NewestState)
|
---|
3766 |
|
---|
3767 | 'Copy2DMBuff'
|
---|
3768 | call pDelete_Mark()
|
---|
3769 | 'ClearSharBuff' -- Remove content in shared text buffer
|
---|
3770 |
|
---|
3771 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
3772 | defc Unmark
|
---|
3773 | unmark
|
---|
3774 | 'ClearSharBuff' -- Remove content in shared text buffer
|
---|
3775 |
|
---|
3776 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
3777 | defc BeginMark
|
---|
3778 | mt = leftstr( marktype(), 1)
|
---|
3779 | if mt then
|
---|
3780 | getmark firstline, lastline, firstcol, lastcol, fileid
|
---|
3781 | activatefile fileid
|
---|
3782 | fMarkedLineOnScreen = OnScreen( firstline)
|
---|
3783 |
|
---|
3784 | call pBegin_Mark()
|
---|
3785 | if mt = 'L' then
|
---|
3786 | .col = 1
|
---|
3787 | endif
|
---|
3788 | -- Ensure that the cursor is within the window area
|
---|
3789 | if not fMarkedLineOnScreen then
|
---|
3790 | 'CenterLine'
|
---|
3791 | endif
|
---|
3792 | else
|
---|
3793 | 'SayError 'NO_MARK_HERE__MSG
|
---|
3794 | endif
|
---|
3795 |
|
---|
3796 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
3797 | defc EndMark
|
---|
3798 | mt = leftstr( marktype(), 1)
|
---|
3799 | if mt then
|
---|
3800 | getmark firstline, lastline, firstcol, lastcol, fileid
|
---|
3801 | activatefile fileid
|
---|
3802 | fMarkedLineOnScreen = OnScreen( lastline)
|
---|
3803 |
|
---|
3804 | call pEnd_Mark()
|
---|
3805 | if mt = 'L' then
|
---|
3806 | endline
|
---|
3807 | elseif mt = 'C' then
|
---|
3808 | getmark firstline, lastline, firstcol, lastcol, fileid
|
---|
3809 | if lastcol = 0 then
|
---|
3810 | .lineg = lastline - 1
|
---|
3811 | endline
|
---|
3812 | endif
|
---|
3813 | endif
|
---|
3814 | -- Ensure that the cursor is within the window area
|
---|
3815 | if not fMarkedLineOnScreen then
|
---|
3816 | 'CenterLine'
|
---|
3817 | endif
|
---|
3818 | else
|
---|
3819 | 'SayError 'NO_MARK_HERE__MSG
|
---|
3820 | endif
|
---|
3821 |
|
---|
3822 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
3823 | defc AfterMark
|
---|
3824 | mt = leftstr( marktype(), 1)
|
---|
3825 | if mt then
|
---|
3826 | getmark firstline, lastline, firstcol, lastcol, fileid
|
---|
3827 | activatefile fileid
|
---|
3828 | fMarkedLineOnScreen = OnScreen( lastline)
|
---|
3829 | LastLineStr = textline( lastline)
|
---|
3830 | LastLineLen = length( lastline)
|
---|
3831 |
|
---|
3832 | if mt = 'L' then
|
---|
3833 | .lineg = lastline + 1
|
---|
3834 | .col = 1
|
---|
3835 | elseif mt = 'B' then
|
---|
3836 | .lineg = lastline
|
---|
3837 | .col = lastcol + 1
|
---|
3838 | elseif mt = 'C' then
|
---|
3839 | if lastcol = 0 then
|
---|
3840 | .lineg = lastline
|
---|
3841 | .col = 1
|
---|
3842 | elseif lastcol = LastLineLen + 1 then
|
---|
3843 | .lineg = lastline + 1
|
---|
3844 | .col = 1
|
---|
3845 | else
|
---|
3846 | .lineg = lastline
|
---|
3847 | .col = lastcol + 1
|
---|
3848 | endif
|
---|
3849 | endif
|
---|
3850 | -- Ensure that the cursor is within the window area
|
---|
3851 | if not fMarkedLineOnScreen then
|
---|
3852 | 'CenterLine'
|
---|
3853 | endif
|
---|
3854 | else
|
---|
3855 | 'SayError 'NO_MARK_HERE__MSG
|
---|
3856 | endif
|
---|
3857 |
|
---|
3858 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
3859 | ; This is a callback command used by drag & drop of a marked area.
|
---|
3860 | defc DupMark
|
---|
3861 | Type = upcase( arg( 1))
|
---|
3862 | if Type = 'M' then -- M = move
|
---|
3863 | call NextCmdAltersText()
|
---|
3864 | call pMove_Mark()
|
---|
3865 | elseif Type = 'C' then -- C = copy
|
---|
3866 | call NextCmdAltersText()
|
---|
3867 | if marktype() then
|
---|
3868 | call pCopy_Mark()
|
---|
3869 | else -- If no mark, look into shared text buffer
|
---|
3870 | 'GetSharBuff'
|
---|
3871 | endif
|
---|
3872 | elseif Type = 'O' then -- O = overlay
|
---|
3873 | call NextCmdAltersText()
|
---|
3874 | if marktype() then
|
---|
3875 | call pCommon_Adjust_Overlay( 'O')
|
---|
3876 | else -- If no mark, look into shared text buffer
|
---|
3877 | 'GetSharBuff O'
|
---|
3878 | endif
|
---|
3879 | elseif Type = 'A' then -- A = adjust
|
---|
3880 | call NextCmdAltersText()
|
---|
3881 | call pCommon_Adjust_Overlay( 'A')
|
---|
3882 | elseif Type = 'U' then -- U = unmark
|
---|
3883 | unmark
|
---|
3884 | 'ClearSharBuff'
|
---|
3885 | elseif Type = 'U2' then -- U2 = unmark w/o clearing buffer, for drag/drop
|
---|
3886 | unmark
|
---|
3887 | elseif Type = 'D' then -- D = delete mark
|
---|
3888 | 'Copy2DMBuff' -- DMBuff = delete-mark buffer
|
---|
3889 | call NextCmdAltersText()
|
---|
3890 | call pDelete_Mark()
|
---|
3891 | 'ClearSharBuff'
|
---|
3892 | elseif Type = 'D2' then -- D2 = delete mark w/o touching buffers, for drag/drop
|
---|
3893 | call NextCmdAltersText()
|
---|
3894 | call pDelete_Mark()
|
---|
3895 | elseif Type = 'P' then -- P = print marked area
|
---|
3896 | call CheckMark() -- verify there is a marked area,
|
---|
3897 | 'Print' -- then print it.
|
---|
3898 | endif
|
---|
3899 |
|
---|
3900 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
3901 | defc TypeFrameChars
|
---|
3902 | call NextCmdAltersText()
|
---|
3903 | call Process_Keys( 'º Ì É È Ê Í Ë Œ » ¹ Î ³ Ã Ú À Á Ä Â Ù ¿ Ž Å Û ² ± °')
|
---|
3904 |
|
---|
3905 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
3906 | defc ShiftLeft
|
---|
3907 | MkType = marktype()
|
---|
3908 | if not MkType then
|
---|
3909 | return
|
---|
3910 | endif
|
---|
3911 | getmark firstline, lastline, firstcol, lastcol, fid
|
---|
3912 | getfileid curfid
|
---|
3913 | if curfid <> fid then
|
---|
3914 | unmark
|
---|
3915 | 'SayError 'MARKED_OTHER__MSG
|
---|
3916 | return
|
---|
3917 | endif
|
---|
3918 |
|
---|
3919 | call NextCmdAltersText()
|
---|
3920 | if MkType = 'CHAR' then
|
---|
3921 | -- Change to line mark
|
---|
3922 | if lastCol = 0 then
|
---|
3923 | lastLine = lastLine - 1
|
---|
3924 | endif
|
---|
3925 | firstcol = 1
|
---|
3926 | lastcol = MAXCOL
|
---|
3927 | unmark
|
---|
3928 | call pSet_Mark( firstline, lastline, firstcol, lastcol, 'LINE', fid)
|
---|
3929 | endif
|
---|
3930 |
|
---|
3931 | -- Get minimum indent of current block
|
---|
3932 | if MkType = 'BLOCK' then
|
---|
3933 | pStart = firstcol
|
---|
3934 | else
|
---|
3935 | pStart = 1
|
---|
3936 | endif
|
---|
3937 | MinIndent = MAXCOL
|
---|
3938 | do l = firstline to lastline
|
---|
3939 | getline LineStr, l
|
---|
3940 | LineStr = substr( LineStr, pStart)
|
---|
3941 | CurIndent = Max( 1, verify( LineStr, ' '\t)) - 1
|
---|
3942 | -- Don't count indent of empty lines
|
---|
3943 | if substr( LineStr, CurIndent + 1) = '' then
|
---|
3944 | iterate
|
---|
3945 | endif
|
---|
3946 | if CurIndent < MinIndent then
|
---|
3947 | MinIndent = CurIndent
|
---|
3948 | endif
|
---|
3949 | enddo
|
---|
3950 | -- Don't delete chars at the left
|
---|
3951 | if MinIndent < 1 then
|
---|
3952 | return
|
---|
3953 | endif
|
---|
3954 |
|
---|
3955 | shift_left
|
---|
3956 |
|
---|
3957 | if marktype() = 'BLOCK' then -- code by Bob Langer
|
---|
3958 | KeyPath = '\NEPMD\User\Mark\ShiftBlockOnly'
|
---|
3959 | fShiftBlockOnly = QueryConfigKey( KeyPath)
|
---|
3960 | -- If fShiftBlockOnly, then the part after the block is fix,
|
---|
3961 | -- otherwise it will be moved with the block, which is the default.
|
---|
3962 | if fShiftBlockOnly then
|
---|
3963 | getmark fl, ll, fc, lc, fid
|
---|
3964 | call pSet_Mark( fl, ll, lc, MAXCOL, 'BLOCK', fid)
|
---|
3965 | shift_right
|
---|
3966 | call pSet_Mark( fl, ll, fc, lc, 'BLOCK', fid)
|
---|
3967 | endif
|
---|
3968 | endif
|
---|
3969 |
|
---|
3970 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
3971 | defc ShiftRight
|
---|
3972 | MkType = marktype()
|
---|
3973 | if not MkType then
|
---|
3974 | return
|
---|
3975 | endif
|
---|
3976 | getmark firstline, lastline, firstcol, lastcol, fid
|
---|
3977 | getfileid curfid
|
---|
3978 | if curfid <> fid then
|
---|
3979 | unmark
|
---|
3980 | 'SayError 'MARKED_OTHER__MSG
|
---|
3981 | return
|
---|
3982 | endif
|
---|
3983 |
|
---|
3984 | call NextCmdAltersText()
|
---|
3985 | if MkType = 'CHAR' then
|
---|
3986 | -- Change to line mark
|
---|
3987 | if lastCol = 0 then
|
---|
3988 | lastLine = lastLine - 1
|
---|
3989 | endif
|
---|
3990 | firstcol = 1
|
---|
3991 | lastcol = MAXCOL
|
---|
3992 | unmark
|
---|
3993 | call pSet_Mark( firstline, lastline, firstcol, lastcol, 'LINE', fid)
|
---|
3994 | endif
|
---|
3995 |
|
---|
3996 | -- Get maximum space after last word in all lines within current block
|
---|
3997 | if MkType = 'BLOCK' then
|
---|
3998 | pEnd = lastcol - 1
|
---|
3999 | MinSpace = MAXCOL
|
---|
4000 | do l = firstline to lastline
|
---|
4001 | getline LineStr, l
|
---|
4002 | LineStr = substr( LineStr, firstcol, lastcol - firstcol + 1)
|
---|
4003 | LineStr = translate( LineStr, ' ', \t)
|
---|
4004 | StrippedLineStr = strip( LineStr, 'T')
|
---|
4005 | CurSpace = length( LineStr) - length( StrippedLineStr)
|
---|
4006 | if CurSpace < MinSpace then
|
---|
4007 | MinSpace = CurSpace
|
---|
4008 | endif
|
---|
4009 | enddo
|
---|
4010 | -- Don't delete chars at the right
|
---|
4011 | if MinSpace < 1 then
|
---|
4012 | return
|
---|
4013 | endif
|
---|
4014 | endif
|
---|
4015 |
|
---|
4016 | if marktype() = 'BLOCK' then -- code by Bob Langer
|
---|
4017 | KeyPath = '\NEPMD\User\Mark\ShiftBlockOnly'
|
---|
4018 | fShiftBlockOnly = QueryConfigKey( KeyPath)
|
---|
4019 | -- If fShiftBlockOnly, then the part after the block is fix,
|
---|
4020 | -- otherwise it will be moved with the block, which is the default.
|
---|
4021 | if fShiftBlockOnly then
|
---|
4022 | getmark fl, ll, fc, lc, fid
|
---|
4023 | call pSet_Mark( fl, ll, lc, MAXCOL, 'BLOCK', fid)
|
---|
4024 | shift_left
|
---|
4025 | call pSet_Mark( fl, ll, fc, lc, 'BLOCK', fid)
|
---|
4026 | endif
|
---|
4027 | endif
|
---|
4028 |
|
---|
4029 | shift_right
|
---|
4030 |
|
---|
4031 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
4032 | defc JoinLines
|
---|
4033 | call NextCmdAltersText()
|
---|
4034 | call JoinLines()
|
---|
4035 | 'MatchFindOnMove'
|
---|
4036 |
|
---|
4037 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
4038 | defc MarkBlock
|
---|
4039 | getmark firstline, lastline, firstcol, lastcol, markfileid
|
---|
4040 | getfileid fileid
|
---|
4041 | if fileid <> markfileid then
|
---|
4042 | unmark
|
---|
4043 | endif
|
---|
4044 | if wordpos( marktype(), 'LINE CHAR') then
|
---|
4045 | --call pset_mark( firstline, lastline, firstcol, lastcol, BLOCKGMARK, fileid)
|
---|
4046 | unmark
|
---|
4047 | endif
|
---|
4048 | markblock
|
---|
4049 | 'Copy2SharBuff' -- Copy mark to shared text buffer
|
---|
4050 |
|
---|
4051 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
4052 | defc MarkLine
|
---|
4053 | getmark firstline, lastline, firstcol, lastcol, markfileid
|
---|
4054 | getfileid fileid
|
---|
4055 | if fileid <> markfileid then
|
---|
4056 | unmark
|
---|
4057 | endif
|
---|
4058 | if wordpos( marktype(), 'BLOCK CHAR') then
|
---|
4059 | --call pset_mark( firstline, lastline, firstcol, lastcol, LINEMARK, fileid)
|
---|
4060 | unmark
|
---|
4061 | endif
|
---|
4062 | mark_line
|
---|
4063 | 'Copy2SharBuff' -- Copy mark to shared text buffer
|
---|
4064 |
|
---|
4065 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
4066 | defc MarkChar
|
---|
4067 | getmark firstline, lastline, firstcol, lastcol, markfileid
|
---|
4068 | getfileid fileid
|
---|
4069 | if fileid <> markfileid then
|
---|
4070 | unmark
|
---|
4071 | endif
|
---|
4072 | if wordpos( marktype(), 'BLOCK LINE') then
|
---|
4073 | --call pset_mark( firstline, lastline, firstcol, lastcol, CHARGMARK, fileid)
|
---|
4074 | unmark
|
---|
4075 | endif
|
---|
4076 | mark_char
|
---|
4077 | 'Copy2SharBuff' -- Copy mark to shared text buffer
|
---|
4078 |
|
---|
4079 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
4080 | defc ShowCursor
|
---|
4081 | if not OnScreen() then
|
---|
4082 | 'CenterLine'
|
---|
4083 | endif
|
---|
4084 |
|
---|
4085 | -- Set focus to client
|
---|
4086 | -- EPM bug:
|
---|
4087 | -- On dismissing a popup menu, the focus is often not set back to the edit
|
---|
4088 | -- window. Click into it first. Focus switching was also addded to
|
---|
4089 | -- ShowCursor (Ctrl+.) and ProcessEscape (Esc).
|
---|
4090 | 'SetFocusToEditClient'
|
---|
4091 |
|
---|
4092 | 'PostMe HighlightCursor 1'
|
---|
4093 |
|
---|
4094 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
4095 | defc HighlightCursor
|
---|
4096 | universal lastcommand
|
---|
4097 |
|
---|
4098 | on = arg( 1)
|
---|
4099 | if not wordpos( on, '0 1') then
|
---|
4100 | KeyPath = '\NEPMD\User\CursorPos\HighlightCursor'
|
---|
4101 | on = QueryConfigKey( KeyPath)
|
---|
4102 | endif
|
---|
4103 |
|
---|
4104 | if on = 1 then
|
---|
4105 | circleit 5, .line, .col - 1, .col + 1, 16777220
|
---|
4106 | lastcommand = 'highlightcursor'
|
---|
4107 | endif
|
---|
4108 |
|
---|
4109 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
4110 | defc TypeFileName -- Type the full name of the current file
|
---|
4111 | call NextCmdAltersText()
|
---|
4112 | call Process_Keys( .filename)
|
---|
4113 |
|
---|
4114 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
4115 | defc TypeDateTime -- Type the current date and time
|
---|
4116 | call NextCmdAltersText()
|
---|
4117 | call Process_Keys( DateTime())
|
---|
4118 |
|
---|
4119 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
4120 | defc Select_All, SelectAll
|
---|
4121 | getfileid fid
|
---|
4122 | call pSet_Mark( 1, .last, 1, length( textline( .last)), 'CHAR' , fid)
|
---|
4123 | 'Copy2SharBuff' -- Copy mark to shared text buffer
|
---|
4124 |
|
---|
4125 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
4126 | defproc ReflowGetAvailableModes
|
---|
4127 | Available = ''
|
---|
4128 | ModeList = NepmdQueryModeList()
|
---|
4129 | do w = 1 to words( ModeList)
|
---|
4130 | ThisMode = word( ModeList, w)
|
---|
4131 | if ThisMode = 'TEXT' then
|
---|
4132 | if length( Available) > 0 then
|
---|
4133 | Available = Available' '
|
---|
4134 | endif
|
---|
4135 | Available = Available''ThisMode
|
---|
4136 | elseif isadefc( 'Reflow'ThisMode) then
|
---|
4137 | if length( Available) > 0 then
|
---|
4138 | Available = Available' '
|
---|
4139 | endif
|
---|
4140 | Available = Available''ThisMode
|
---|
4141 | endif
|
---|
4142 | enddo
|
---|
4143 | return Available
|
---|
4144 |
|
---|
4145 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
4146 | ; This suffices to add a mode to the reflow list:
|
---|
4147 | ; Reflow menu items in newmenu should also be defined for a new mode.
|
---|
4148 | ; Extend menuinit_Reflow and optionally ReflowMenuCmd. ReflowMenuCmd executes
|
---|
4149 | ; Reflow<selectedmode> if not otherwise defined.
|
---|
4150 | defc ReflowCONFIGSYS
|
---|
4151 | 'SplitPathLines'
|
---|
4152 |
|
---|
4153 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
4154 | ; Splits CONFIGSYS path lines at ';' or at '+'.
|
---|
4155 | defc SplitPathLines
|
---|
4156 | l = 0
|
---|
4157 | NumSplitDirs = 0
|
---|
4158 | SplitWords = '; +'
|
---|
4159 | SavedModify = .modify
|
---|
4160 | SavedAutoSave = .autosave
|
---|
4161 | .autosave = 0
|
---|
4162 | do forever
|
---|
4163 | l = l + 1
|
---|
4164 | if l > .last then
|
---|
4165 | leave
|
---|
4166 | endif
|
---|
4167 | getline LineStr, l
|
---|
4168 |
|
---|
4169 | do w = 1 to words( SplitWords)
|
---|
4170 | SplitWord = word( SplitWords, w)
|
---|
4171 | NumSplitWord = count( SplitWord, LineStr)
|
---|
4172 | if NumSplitWord >= 2 then
|
---|
4173 | parse value LineStr with VarName'='ValueStr
|
---|
4174 | if ValueStr = '' then
|
---|
4175 | leave
|
---|
4176 | endif
|
---|
4177 | replaceline VarName'=', l
|
---|
4178 | rest = ValueStr
|
---|
4179 |
|
---|
4180 | NumDirs = 0
|
---|
4181 | do while rest <> ''
|
---|
4182 | PrevRest = rest
|
---|
4183 | -- Parse at SplitWord
|
---|
4184 | parse value rest with ThisDir(SplitWord)rest
|
---|
4185 | -- Append SplitWord if in the original
|
---|
4186 | p = pos( SplitWord, PrevRest)
|
---|
4187 | if p = length( ThisDir) + 1 then
|
---|
4188 | ThisDir = ThisDir''SplitWord
|
---|
4189 | endif
|
---|
4190 | -- Insert ThisDir
|
---|
4191 | NumDirs = NumDirs + 1
|
---|
4192 | insertline ' 'ThisDir, l + NumDirs
|
---|
4193 | enddo
|
---|
4194 | l = l + NumDirs
|
---|
4195 | NumSplitDirs = NumSplitDirs + NumDirs
|
---|
4196 |
|
---|
4197 | endif
|
---|
4198 |
|
---|
4199 | if l = .last then
|
---|
4200 | leave
|
---|
4201 | else
|
---|
4202 | iterate
|
---|
4203 | endif
|
---|
4204 | enddo
|
---|
4205 | enddo
|
---|
4206 |
|
---|
4207 | if NumSplitDirs then
|
---|
4208 | 'SayError Split 'NumSplitDirs' dirs. Lines will be reconcatenated on Save.'
|
---|
4209 | .modify = SavedModify
|
---|
4210 | -- Save split state
|
---|
4211 | SetFileAVar( 'splitpathlines', 1)
|
---|
4212 | else
|
---|
4213 | 'SayError No line split.'
|
---|
4214 | .modify = SavedModify
|
---|
4215 | endif
|
---|
4216 | .autosave = SavedAutoSave
|
---|
4217 |
|
---|
4218 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
4219 | ; Joins CONFIGSYS path lines. It stops joining if next line is empty,
|
---|
4220 | ; has no '=' char or has 'REM ' prepended.
|
---|
4221 | ; This is executed for files of mode CONFIGSYS on Save.
|
---|
4222 | defc JoinPathLines
|
---|
4223 | do once = 1 to 1
|
---|
4224 | -- Ensure to process this only when split before
|
---|
4225 | fLinesSplitBefore = (GetFileAVar( 'splitpathlines'))
|
---|
4226 | if not fLinesSplitBefore then
|
---|
4227 | leave
|
---|
4228 | endif
|
---|
4229 |
|
---|
4230 | l = 1
|
---|
4231 | SavedAutoSave = .autosave
|
---|
4232 | .autosave = 0
|
---|
4233 | do forever
|
---|
4234 | if l = .last then
|
---|
4235 | leave
|
---|
4236 | endif
|
---|
4237 |
|
---|
4238 | getline LineStr, l
|
---|
4239 | getline NextLineStr, l + 1
|
---|
4240 |
|
---|
4241 | if LineStr = '' then
|
---|
4242 | l = l + 1
|
---|
4243 | iterate
|
---|
4244 | elseif NextLineStr = '' then
|
---|
4245 | l = l + 1
|
---|
4246 | iterate
|
---|
4247 | elseif pos( '=', NextLineStr) then
|
---|
4248 | l = l + 1
|
---|
4249 | iterate
|
---|
4250 | elseif wordpos( 'REM', upcase( NextLineStr)) = 1 then
|
---|
4251 | l = l + 1
|
---|
4252 | iterate
|
---|
4253 | else
|
---|
4254 | -- Append NextLineStr
|
---|
4255 | replaceline LineStr''strip( NextLineStr), l
|
---|
4256 | deleteline l + 1
|
---|
4257 | endif
|
---|
4258 | enddo
|
---|
4259 | .autosave = SavedAutoSave
|
---|
4260 |
|
---|
4261 | enddo
|
---|
4262 |
|
---|
4263 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
4264 | defc ReflowSelectMode
|
---|
4265 | universal lastselectedreflowmode
|
---|
4266 |
|
---|
4267 | KeyPath = '\NEPMD\User\Format\Reflow'
|
---|
4268 | SelectedMode = QueryConfigKey( KeyPath'\SpecialMode')
|
---|
4269 | Available = ReflowGetAvailableModes()
|
---|
4270 | Selection = wordpos( SelectedMode, Available) + 1 -- + 1 because -auto- is prepended
|
---|
4271 | Title = 'Select a mode for reflow'copies( ' ', 20)
|
---|
4272 | List = '/-auto-/'translate( Available, '/', ' ')
|
---|
4273 | Text = 'Available reflow modes:'
|
---|
4274 | ret = ListBox( Title,
|
---|
4275 | List,
|
---|
4276 | '/~Set/~Auto/'CANCEL__MSG, -- buttons
|
---|
4277 | 0, 0, --5, 5, -- top, left,
|
---|
4278 | Min( words( List), 12), 40, -- height, width
|
---|
4279 | GethWndC( APP_HANDLE) || atoi( Selection) || atoi( 1) || atoi( 0) ||
|
---|
4280 | Text\0)
|
---|
4281 | -- Parse return string
|
---|
4282 | parse value ret with Button 2 Select \0
|
---|
4283 | Button = asc( Button)
|
---|
4284 | if Button = 1 then -- Set
|
---|
4285 | if Select = '-auto-' then
|
---|
4286 | Select = 0
|
---|
4287 | endif
|
---|
4288 | fSwitchSelected = 1
|
---|
4289 | WriteConfigKey( KeyPath'\SpecialMode', Select)
|
---|
4290 | elseif Button = 2 then -- Auto
|
---|
4291 | Select = 0
|
---|
4292 | WriteConfigKey( KeyPath'\SpecialMode', Select)
|
---|
4293 | fSwitchSelected = 1
|
---|
4294 | else -- Cancel
|
---|
4295 | rc = 31
|
---|
4296 | fSwitchSelected = 0
|
---|
4297 | endif
|
---|
4298 |
|
---|
4299 | if fSwitchSelected then
|
---|
4300 | WriteConfigKey( KeyPath'\SpecialMode', Select)
|
---|
4301 | if Select = 0 then
|
---|
4302 | SelectedMode = GetMode()
|
---|
4303 | else
|
---|
4304 | SelectedMode = Select
|
---|
4305 | endif
|
---|
4306 | if SelectedMode <> lastselectedreflowmode then
|
---|
4307 | if isadefc( 'RefreshFormatMenu') then
|
---|
4308 | 'RefreshFormatMenu'
|
---|
4309 | endif
|
---|
4310 | lastselectedreflowmode = SelectedMode
|
---|
4311 | endif
|
---|
4312 | endif
|
---|
4313 |
|
---|
4314 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
4315 | defproc ReflowGetSelectedMode
|
---|
4316 | FallBackMode = 'TEXT'
|
---|
4317 | KeyPath = '\NEPMD\User\Format\Reflow'
|
---|
4318 | SelectedMode = QueryConfigKey( KeyPath'\SpecialMode')
|
---|
4319 | if not SelectedMode then
|
---|
4320 | SelectedMode = GetMode()
|
---|
4321 | endif
|
---|
4322 | Available = ReflowGetAvailableModes()
|
---|
4323 | if not wordpos( SelectedMode, Available) then
|
---|
4324 | SelectedMode = FallBackMode
|
---|
4325 | endif
|
---|
4326 | return SelectedMode
|
---|
4327 |
|
---|
4328 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
4329 | defproc ReflowGetReflowMargins
|
---|
4330 | KeyPath = '\NEPMD\User\Mode\TEXT\Reflow'
|
---|
4331 | i = QueryConfigKey( KeyPath'\Margins\Selected')
|
---|
4332 | if i = 1 then
|
---|
4333 | ReflowMargins = '1 'GetHeaderWidth()' 1'
|
---|
4334 | elseif i = 3 then
|
---|
4335 | ReflowMargins = .margins
|
---|
4336 | else
|
---|
4337 | new = QueryConfigKey( KeyPath'\Margins\'i)
|
---|
4338 | ReflowMargins = new
|
---|
4339 | endif
|
---|
4340 | return ReflowMargins
|
---|
4341 |
|
---|
4342 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
4343 | defc Reflow2ReflowMargins
|
---|
4344 | ReflowMargins = ReflowGetReflowMargins()
|
---|
4345 | if FileIsMarked() then
|
---|
4346 | 'ReflowMark' ReflowMargins
|
---|
4347 | else
|
---|
4348 | 'ReflowAll' ReflowMargins
|
---|
4349 | endif
|
---|
4350 |
|
---|
4351 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
4352 | defc ReflowAll2ReflowMargins
|
---|
4353 | ReflowMargins = ReflowGetReflowMargins()
|
---|
4354 | 'ReflowAll' ReflowMargins
|
---|
4355 |
|
---|
4356 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
4357 | ; Syntax: reflow_all [<margins>]
|
---|
4358 | defc Reflow_All, ReflowAll
|
---|
4359 | call NextCmdAltersText()
|
---|
4360 | Savedmargins = .margins
|
---|
4361 | if arg( 1) <> '' then
|
---|
4362 | .margins = arg( 1)
|
---|
4363 | endif
|
---|
4364 | call pSave_Mark( SavedMark)
|
---|
4365 | call pSave_Pos( SavedPos)
|
---|
4366 | n = 0
|
---|
4367 | display -1
|
---|
4368 | fstopit = 0
|
---|
4369 | top
|
---|
4370 | do forever
|
---|
4371 | getline line
|
---|
4372 | do while line = '' | -- Skip over blank lines or
|
---|
4373 | (lastpos( ':', line) = 1 & pos( '.', line) = length( line)) | -- lines containing only a GML tag or
|
---|
4374 | substr( line, 1, 1) = '.' -- SCRIPT commands
|
---|
4375 | if .line = .last then
|
---|
4376 | fstopit = 1
|
---|
4377 | leave
|
---|
4378 | endif
|
---|
4379 | down
|
---|
4380 | getline line
|
---|
4381 | enddo
|
---|
4382 | if fstopit then
|
---|
4383 | leave
|
---|
4384 | endif
|
---|
4385 | startline = .line
|
---|
4386 | unmark
|
---|
4387 | markline
|
---|
4388 | call pFind_Blank_Line()
|
---|
4389 | if .line <> startline then
|
---|
4390 | up
|
---|
4391 | else
|
---|
4392 | bottom
|
---|
4393 | endif
|
---|
4394 | markline
|
---|
4395 | getmark prevfirstline, prevlastline
|
---|
4396 | n = n + (prevlastline - prevfirstline) + 1
|
---|
4397 | reflow
|
---|
4398 | getmark firstline, lastline
|
---|
4399 | if lastline = .last then
|
---|
4400 | leave
|
---|
4401 | endif
|
---|
4402 | lastline + 1
|
---|
4403 | enddo
|
---|
4404 | display 1
|
---|
4405 | call pRestore_Mark( SavedMark)
|
---|
4406 | call pRestore_Pos( SavedPos)
|
---|
4407 | if arg( 1) <> '' then
|
---|
4408 | .margins = SavedMargins
|
---|
4409 | endif
|
---|
4410 |
|
---|
4411 | 'SayHint 'n' lines reflowed.'
|
---|
4412 | 'HighlightCursor'
|
---|
4413 |
|
---|
4414 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
4415 | defc ReflowMark2ReflowMargins
|
---|
4416 | ReflowMargins = ReflowGetReflowMargins()
|
---|
4417 | 'ReflowMark' ReflowMargins
|
---|
4418 |
|
---|
4419 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
4420 | ; Syntax: ReflowMark [<margins>]
|
---|
4421 | defc ReflowMark
|
---|
4422 | SavedMarktype = marktype()
|
---|
4423 | mt = strip( leftstr( SavedMarktype, 1))
|
---|
4424 | if mt = '' then
|
---|
4425 | 'SayError 'NO_MARK__MSG
|
---|
4426 | stop
|
---|
4427 | endif
|
---|
4428 |
|
---|
4429 | getmark firstline, lastline, firstcol, lastcol, fid
|
---|
4430 | getfileid curfid
|
---|
4431 | if curfid <> fid then
|
---|
4432 | unmark
|
---|
4433 | 'SayError 'MARKED_OTHER__MSG
|
---|
4434 | stop
|
---|
4435 | endif
|
---|
4436 |
|
---|
4437 | if not Check_Mark_On_Screen() then
|
---|
4438 | 'SayError 'MARK_OFF_SCREEN__MSG
|
---|
4439 | stop
|
---|
4440 | endif
|
---|
4441 |
|
---|
4442 | if mt = 'C' then
|
---|
4443 | -- Change to line mark
|
---|
4444 | if lastCol = 0 then
|
---|
4445 | lastLine = lastLine - 1
|
---|
4446 | endif
|
---|
4447 | firstcol = 1
|
---|
4448 | lastcol = MAXCOL
|
---|
4449 | unmark
|
---|
4450 | call pSet_Mark( firstline, lastline, firstcol, lastcol, 'LINE', fid)
|
---|
4451 | mt = 'L'
|
---|
4452 | endif
|
---|
4453 |
|
---|
4454 | SavedMargins = .margins
|
---|
4455 | if arg( 1) <> '' then
|
---|
4456 | .margins = arg( 1)
|
---|
4457 | endif
|
---|
4458 | call NextCmdAltersText()
|
---|
4459 | display -1
|
---|
4460 | n = 0
|
---|
4461 |
|
---|
4462 | n = n + (lastline - firstline) + 1
|
---|
4463 | if mt = 'B' then
|
---|
4464 | 'box r'
|
---|
4465 | elseif mt = 'L' then
|
---|
4466 | reflow
|
---|
4467 | endif
|
---|
4468 |
|
---|
4469 | display 1
|
---|
4470 | if arg( 1) <> '' then
|
---|
4471 | .margins = SavedMargins
|
---|
4472 | endif
|
---|
4473 |
|
---|
4474 | 'SayHint 'n' marked lines reflowed.'
|
---|
4475 | 'HighlightCursor'
|
---|
4476 |
|
---|
4477 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
4478 | defc ReflowPar2ReflowMargins
|
---|
4479 | ReflowMargins = ReflowGetReflowMargins()
|
---|
4480 | 'ReflowPar' ReflowMargins
|
---|
4481 |
|
---|
4482 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
4483 | ; Syntax: ReflowPar [<margins>]
|
---|
4484 | ; Ignores mark. To reflow a marked area, use ReflowMark.
|
---|
4485 | defc ReflowPar
|
---|
4486 | saved_margins = .margins
|
---|
4487 | if arg( 1) <> '' then
|
---|
4488 | .margins = arg( 1)
|
---|
4489 | endif
|
---|
4490 | call NextCmdAltersText()
|
---|
4491 | display -1
|
---|
4492 |
|
---|
4493 | call Text_Reflow()
|
---|
4494 |
|
---|
4495 | display 1
|
---|
4496 | if arg( 1) <> '' then
|
---|
4497 | .margins = saved_margins
|
---|
4498 | endif
|
---|
4499 |
|
---|
4500 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
4501 | ; Standard text reflow, moved from Alt+P definition in STDKEYS.E.
|
---|
4502 | ; Only called from Alt+P if no mark exists; users wishing to call
|
---|
4503 | ; this from their own code must save & restore the mark themselves
|
---|
4504 | ; if that's desired.
|
---|
4505 | defproc Text_Reflow
|
---|
4506 | call NextCmdAltersText()
|
---|
4507 | KeyPath = '\NEPMD\User\Format\Reflow'
|
---|
4508 | ReflowNext = QueryConfigKey( KeyPath'\Par')
|
---|
4509 | if .line then
|
---|
4510 | getline line
|
---|
4511 | if line <> '' then -- If currently on a blank line, don't reflow.
|
---|
4512 | oldcursory = .cursory
|
---|
4513 | oldcursorx = .cursorx
|
---|
4514 | oldline = .line
|
---|
4515 | oldcol = .col
|
---|
4516 | unmark
|
---|
4517 | mark_line
|
---|
4518 | call pFind_Blank_Line()
|
---|
4519 | -- Ver 3.11: Slightly revised test works better with GML sensitivity.
|
---|
4520 | if .line <> oldline then
|
---|
4521 | up
|
---|
4522 | else
|
---|
4523 | bottom
|
---|
4524 | endif
|
---|
4525 | mark_line
|
---|
4526 | reflow
|
---|
4527 | if ReflowNext then
|
---|
4528 | -- Position on next paragraph (like PE)
|
---|
4529 | call pFind_Blank_Line()
|
---|
4530 | for i = .line + 1 to .last
|
---|
4531 | getline line, i
|
---|
4532 | if line <> '' then
|
---|
4533 | .lineg = i
|
---|
4534 | .col = 1
|
---|
4535 | .cursory = oldcursory
|
---|
4536 | .line = i
|
---|
4537 | leave
|
---|
4538 | endif
|
---|
4539 | endfor
|
---|
4540 | else
|
---|
4541 | -- or like old E
|
---|
4542 | getmark firstline, lastline
|
---|
4543 | firstline
|
---|
4544 | .cursory = oldcursory
|
---|
4545 | .cursorx = oldcursorx
|
---|
4546 | oldline
|
---|
4547 | .col = oldcol
|
---|
4548 | endif
|
---|
4549 | unmark
|
---|
4550 | endif
|
---|
4551 | 'HighlightCursor'
|
---|
4552 | endif
|
---|
4553 |
|
---|
4554 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
4555 | definit -- Variable is null if alt_R is not active.
|
---|
4556 | universal alt_R_active -- For E3/EOS2, it's 1 if alt_R is active.
|
---|
4557 | alt_R_active = '' -- For EPM, it's set to querycontrol(messageline).
|
---|
4558 |
|
---|
4559 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
4560 | defc ReflowBlock
|
---|
4561 | universal alt_R_active,tempofid
|
---|
4562 | universal alt_R_space
|
---|
4563 |
|
---|
4564 | call NextCmdAltersText()
|
---|
4565 | if alt_R_active <> '' then
|
---|
4566 | call pBlock_Reflow( 1, alt_R_space, tempofid) -- Complete the reflow.
|
---|
4567 | 'SetMessageline '\0
|
---|
4568 | 'ToggleFrame 2 'alt_R_active -- Restore status of messageline.
|
---|
4569 | alt_R_active = ''
|
---|
4570 | return
|
---|
4571 | endif
|
---|
4572 | if pBlock_Reflow( 0, alt_R_space, tempofid) then
|
---|
4573 | 'SayError 'PBLOCK_ERROR__MSG /* HurleyJ */
|
---|
4574 | return
|
---|
4575 | endif
|
---|
4576 | ; if marktype() <> 'BLOCK' then
|
---|
4577 | unmark
|
---|
4578 | ; endif
|
---|
4579 | alt_R_active = QueryFrameControl( 2) -- Remember if messageline on or off
|
---|
4580 | 'ToggleFrame 2 1' -- Force it on
|
---|
4581 | 'SetMessageLine' BLOCK_REFLOW__MSG
|
---|
4582 |
|
---|
4583 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
4584 | defc Split
|
---|
4585 | call NextCmdAltersText()
|
---|
4586 | split
|
---|
4587 |
|
---|
4588 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
4589 | defc SplitLines
|
---|
4590 | call NextCmdAltersText()
|
---|
4591 | call SplitLines()
|
---|
4592 |
|
---|
4593 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
4594 | ; Removes all empty lines
|
---|
4595 | defc RemoveAllEmptyLines
|
---|
4596 | if FileIsMarked() then
|
---|
4597 | MarkToLineMark()
|
---|
4598 | getmark markfirstline, marklastline, markfirstcol, marklastcol, markfid
|
---|
4599 | FirstLine = markfirstline
|
---|
4600 | LastLine = marklastline
|
---|
4601 | else
|
---|
4602 | FirstLine = 1
|
---|
4603 | LastLine = .last
|
---|
4604 | endif
|
---|
4605 |
|
---|
4606 | call NextCmdAltersText()
|
---|
4607 | SavedModify = .modify
|
---|
4608 | pSave_Pos( SavedPos)
|
---|
4609 | n = 0
|
---|
4610 | Line = 1
|
---|
4611 | do forever
|
---|
4612 | if Line > LastLine then
|
---|
4613 | leave
|
---|
4614 | endif
|
---|
4615 | if textline( Line) = '' then
|
---|
4616 | .lineg = Line
|
---|
4617 | deleteline
|
---|
4618 | LastLine = LastLine - 1
|
---|
4619 | n = n + 1
|
---|
4620 | .modify = SavedModify + 1
|
---|
4621 | else
|
---|
4622 | Line = Line + 1
|
---|
4623 | endif
|
---|
4624 | enddo
|
---|
4625 | pRestore_Pos( SavedPos)
|
---|
4626 |
|
---|
4627 | 'SayHint 'n' lines removed.'
|
---|
4628 |
|
---|
4629 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
4630 | ; Reduces multiple empty lines to one
|
---|
4631 | defc RemoveMultipleEmptyLines
|
---|
4632 | if FileIsMarked() then
|
---|
4633 | MarkToLineMark()
|
---|
4634 | getmark markfirstline, marklastline, markfirstcol, marklastcol, markfid
|
---|
4635 | FirstLine = markfirstline
|
---|
4636 | LastLine = marklastline
|
---|
4637 | else
|
---|
4638 | FirstLine = 1
|
---|
4639 | LastLine = .last
|
---|
4640 | endif
|
---|
4641 |
|
---|
4642 | call NextCmdAltersText()
|
---|
4643 | SavedModify = .modify
|
---|
4644 | pSave_Pos( SavedPos)
|
---|
4645 | n = 0
|
---|
4646 | Line = FirstLine
|
---|
4647 | do forever
|
---|
4648 | if Line >= LastLine then
|
---|
4649 | leave
|
---|
4650 | endif
|
---|
4651 | if textline( Line) = '' & textline( Line + 1) = '' then
|
---|
4652 | .lineg = Line
|
---|
4653 | deleteline
|
---|
4654 | LastLine = LastLine - 1
|
---|
4655 | n = n + 1
|
---|
4656 | .modify = SavedModify + 1
|
---|
4657 | else
|
---|
4658 | Line = Line + 1
|
---|
4659 | endif
|
---|
4660 | enddo
|
---|
4661 | pRestore_Pos( SavedPos)
|
---|
4662 |
|
---|
4663 | 'SayHint 'n' lines removed.'
|
---|
4664 |
|
---|
4665 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
4666 | ; Ensures that empty lines follow trailing '.' or ':' chars at a line end
|
---|
4667 | ; and ensures there exist an empty line at the end.
|
---|
4668 | defc ReAddEmptyLines
|
---|
4669 | if FileIsMarked() then
|
---|
4670 | MarkToLineMark()
|
---|
4671 | getmark markfirstline, marklastline, markfirstcol, marklastcol, markfid
|
---|
4672 | FirstLine = markfirstline
|
---|
4673 | LastLine = marklastline
|
---|
4674 | else
|
---|
4675 | FirstLine = 1
|
---|
4676 | LastLine = .last
|
---|
4677 | endif
|
---|
4678 |
|
---|
4679 | call NextCmdAltersText()
|
---|
4680 | SavedModify = .modify
|
---|
4681 | pSave_Pos( SavedPos)
|
---|
4682 | n = 0
|
---|
4683 | Line = FirstLine
|
---|
4684 | do forever
|
---|
4685 | if Line > LastLine then
|
---|
4686 | leave
|
---|
4687 | elseif Line = LastLine then
|
---|
4688 | insertline '', Line + 1
|
---|
4689 | n = n + 1
|
---|
4690 | .modify = SavedModify + 1
|
---|
4691 | leave
|
---|
4692 | elseif wordpos( rightstr( strip( textline( Line)), 1), '. :') > 0 &
|
---|
4693 | strip( textline( Line + 1)) <> '' then
|
---|
4694 | insertline '', Line + 1
|
---|
4695 | n = n + 1
|
---|
4696 | Line = Line + 2
|
---|
4697 | .modify = SavedModify + 1
|
---|
4698 | else
|
---|
4699 | Line = Line + 1
|
---|
4700 | endif
|
---|
4701 | enddo
|
---|
4702 | pRestore_Pos( SavedPos)
|
---|
4703 |
|
---|
4704 | 'SayHint 'n' lines added.'
|
---|
4705 |
|
---|
4706 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
4707 | defc RemoveDoubleLineEnds
|
---|
4708 | Option = upcase( strip( arg( 1)))
|
---|
4709 | if Option = 'EXACT' then
|
---|
4710 |
|
---|
4711 | -- Exact
|
---|
4712 | -- This is the old "SingleSpace" macro.
|
---|
4713 | -- Removes every 2nd line, if it's a blank line.
|
---|
4714 | -- Stops if a 2nd line is not blank. Starts at the forelast line,
|
---|
4715 | -- which must be blank.
|
---|
4716 | call NextCmdAltersText()
|
---|
4717 | do l = .last - 1 to 1 by -2
|
---|
4718 | if textline( l) <> '' then
|
---|
4719 | 'SayError Line' l 'is not blank.'
|
---|
4720 | leave
|
---|
4721 | endif
|
---|
4722 | deleteline l
|
---|
4723 | enddo
|
---|
4724 |
|
---|
4725 | else
|
---|
4726 |
|
---|
4727 | -- Sloppy
|
---|
4728 | call NextCmdAltersText()
|
---|
4729 | l = .last
|
---|
4730 | do forever
|
---|
4731 | if l <= 1 then
|
---|
4732 | leave
|
---|
4733 | endif
|
---|
4734 |
|
---|
4735 | if textline( l) = '' then -- If line l is empty
|
---|
4736 | -- Backward: line l is greater than the lines above
|
---|
4737 | FirstEmptyLine = l
|
---|
4738 | LastEmptyLine = l
|
---|
4739 | do l2 = l - 1 to 1 by -1
|
---|
4740 | if textline( l2) <> '' then
|
---|
4741 | leave
|
---|
4742 | endif
|
---|
4743 | LastEmptyLine = l2
|
---|
4744 | enddo
|
---|
4745 |
|
---|
4746 | -- Backward: FirstEmptyLine is greater than the lines above
|
---|
4747 | NumEmptyLines = FirstEmptyLine - LastEmptyLine + 1
|
---|
4748 | NumDelete = (NumEmptyLines + 1) % 2
|
---|
4749 | do n = 1 to NumDelete
|
---|
4750 | deleteline l
|
---|
4751 | l = l - 1
|
---|
4752 | enddo
|
---|
4753 | l = l - (NumDelete - 1)
|
---|
4754 | else
|
---|
4755 | l = l - 1
|
---|
4756 | endif
|
---|
4757 | enddo
|
---|
4758 |
|
---|
4759 | endif
|
---|
4760 |
|
---|
4761 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
4762 | ; For campatibility.
|
---|
4763 | defc SingleSpace
|
---|
4764 | 'RemoveDoubleLineEnds exact'
|
---|
4765 |
|
---|
4766 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
4767 | ; Remove double lines
|
---|
4768 | defc RemoveDoubleLines
|
---|
4769 | if FileIsMarked() then
|
---|
4770 | MarkToLineMark()
|
---|
4771 | getmark markfirstline, marklastline, markfirstcol, marklastcol, markfid
|
---|
4772 | FirstLine = markfirstline
|
---|
4773 | LastLine = marklastline
|
---|
4774 | else
|
---|
4775 | FirstLine = 1
|
---|
4776 | LastLine = .last
|
---|
4777 | endif
|
---|
4778 |
|
---|
4779 | call NextCmdAltersText()
|
---|
4780 | SavedModify = .modify
|
---|
4781 | pSave_Pos( SavedPos)
|
---|
4782 | n = 0
|
---|
4783 | Line = FirstLine
|
---|
4784 | do forever
|
---|
4785 | if Line > .last then
|
---|
4786 | leave
|
---|
4787 | endif
|
---|
4788 | if Line >= LastLine then
|
---|
4789 | leave
|
---|
4790 | endif
|
---|
4791 | LineStr = textline( Line)
|
---|
4792 | if strip( translate( LineStr, ' ', \9)) = '' then
|
---|
4793 | Line = Line + 1
|
---|
4794 | iterate
|
---|
4795 | endif
|
---|
4796 |
|
---|
4797 | j = Line + 1
|
---|
4798 | do forever
|
---|
4799 | if j > .last then
|
---|
4800 | leave
|
---|
4801 | endif
|
---|
4802 | if LineStr == textline( j) then
|
---|
4803 | .lineg = j
|
---|
4804 | deleteline
|
---|
4805 | n = n + 1
|
---|
4806 | .modify = SavedModify + 1
|
---|
4807 | else
|
---|
4808 | j = j + 1
|
---|
4809 | endif
|
---|
4810 | enddo
|
---|
4811 |
|
---|
4812 | Line = Line + 1
|
---|
4813 | enddo
|
---|
4814 | pRestore_Pos( SavedPos)
|
---|
4815 |
|
---|
4816 | 'SayHint 'n' lines removed.'
|
---|
4817 |
|
---|
4818 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
4819 | defc StripBlanksFromLines
|
---|
4820 | Option = upcase( arg( 1))
|
---|
4821 | fStripLeading = 0
|
---|
4822 | if abbrev( Option, 'L', 1) then
|
---|
4823 | fStripLeading = 1
|
---|
4824 | endif
|
---|
4825 |
|
---|
4826 | if FileIsMarked() then
|
---|
4827 | MarkToLineMark()
|
---|
4828 | getmark markfirstline, marklastline, markfirstcol, marklastcol, markfid
|
---|
4829 | FirstLine = markfirstline
|
---|
4830 | LastLine = marklastline
|
---|
4831 | else
|
---|
4832 | FirstLine = 1
|
---|
4833 | LastLine = .last
|
---|
4834 | endif
|
---|
4835 |
|
---|
4836 | call NextCmdAltersText()
|
---|
4837 | n = 0
|
---|
4838 | do Line = FirstLine to LastLine
|
---|
4839 | -- Determine LineStr before calling SearchReplaceLine
|
---|
4840 | getline LineStr, Line
|
---|
4841 | if length( LineStr) = 0 then
|
---|
4842 | iterate
|
---|
4843 | endif
|
---|
4844 |
|
---|
4845 | -- Remove leading whitespace
|
---|
4846 | rcx1 = 1
|
---|
4847 | if fStripLeading then
|
---|
4848 | -- Running SearchReplaceLine on every line with extended grep is
|
---|
4849 | -- slow. Therefore avoid the call if possible.
|
---|
4850 | if leftstr( LineStr, 1) == ' ' | leftstr( LineStr, 1) == \9 then
|
---|
4851 | rcx1 = SearchReplaceLine( '^:w', '', 1, 'x', Line, 1)
|
---|
4852 | endif
|
---|
4853 | endif
|
---|
4854 |
|
---|
4855 | -- Remove trailing whitespace
|
---|
4856 | -- Running SearchReplaceLine on every line with extended grep is
|
---|
4857 | -- slow. Therefore avoid the call if possible.
|
---|
4858 | rcx2 = 1
|
---|
4859 | if rightstr( LineStr, 1) == ' ' | rightstr( LineStr, 1) == \9 then
|
---|
4860 | rcx2 = SearchReplaceLine( ':w$', '', 1, 'x', Line, 1)
|
---|
4861 | endif
|
---|
4862 |
|
---|
4863 | -- Count changes
|
---|
4864 | if rcx1 = 0 | rcx2 = 0 then
|
---|
4865 | n = n + 1
|
---|
4866 | endif
|
---|
4867 | enddo
|
---|
4868 |
|
---|
4869 | 'SayHint 'n' lines stripped.'
|
---|
4870 |
|
---|
4871 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
4872 | defc CenterMark, Center
|
---|
4873 | call NextCmdAltersText()
|
---|
4874 | call pCenter_Mark()
|
---|
4875 |
|
---|
4876 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
4877 | defc BackSpace
|
---|
4878 | universal stream_mode
|
---|
4879 |
|
---|
4880 | fMarkDeleted = ReplaceMark()
|
---|
4881 | if fMarkDeleted then
|
---|
4882 | return
|
---|
4883 | endif
|
---|
4884 |
|
---|
4885 | call NextCmdAltersText()
|
---|
4886 | if .col = 1 & .line > 1 & stream_mode then
|
---|
4887 | up
|
---|
4888 | l = length( textline( .line))
|
---|
4889 | join
|
---|
4890 | .col = l + 1
|
---|
4891 | else
|
---|
4892 | old_level = .levelofattributesupport
|
---|
4893 | if old_level & not (old_level bitand 2) then
|
---|
4894 | .levelofattributesupport = .levelofattributesupport + 2
|
---|
4895 |
|
---|
4896 | -- If the following block is processed after rubout, but with col
|
---|
4897 | -- instead of col - 1, a bookmark at col is deleted, also at col after
|
---|
4898 | -- rubout, which was previously col + 1. Therefore:
|
---|
4899 | -- Delete the bookmark at .col - 1 before rubout.
|
---|
4900 | if .col <= 1 & stream_mode then
|
---|
4901 | line = .line - 1
|
---|
4902 | col = length( textline( line)) + 1
|
---|
4903 | else
|
---|
4904 | line = .line
|
---|
4905 | col = .col
|
---|
4906 | endif
|
---|
4907 | DelBookmarkAtPos( line, col - 1)
|
---|
4908 |
|
---|
4909 | -- Go over all attributes at current pos.
|
---|
4910 | -- Required for rubout to delete the char at col - 1.
|
---|
4911 | -- rubout won't go over an attribute.
|
---|
4912 | .cursoroffset = -300
|
---|
4913 |
|
---|
4914 | endif
|
---|
4915 |
|
---|
4916 | -- Begin workaround for cursor just behind or at begin of a mark
|
---|
4917 | -- For char mark: Move mark left if cursor is on mark begin or end
|
---|
4918 | old_col = .col
|
---|
4919 | old_line = .line
|
---|
4920 | fCorrectMarkBegin = 0
|
---|
4921 | fCorrectMarkEnd = 0
|
---|
4922 | getfileid fid
|
---|
4923 | MkType = marktype()
|
---|
4924 | do once = 1 to 1
|
---|
4925 | if MkType <> 'CHAR' then
|
---|
4926 | leave
|
---|
4927 | endif
|
---|
4928 | getmark first_line, last_line, first_col, last_col, mkfid
|
---|
4929 | if fid <> mkfid then
|
---|
4930 | leave
|
---|
4931 | endif
|
---|
4932 | if (old_col > 1) & (first_line = old_line) & (first_line = last_line) & (first_col = old_col) then
|
---|
4933 | -- Cursor is on mark begin and first_line = last_line
|
---|
4934 | fCorrectMarkBegin = 1
|
---|
4935 | fCorrectMarkEnd = 1
|
---|
4936 | elseif (old_col > 1) & (first_line = old_line) & (first_col = old_col) then
|
---|
4937 | -- Cursor is on mark begin
|
---|
4938 | fCorrectMarkBegin = 1
|
---|
4939 | elseif (old_col > 0) & (last_line = old_line) & (last_col = old_col - 1) then
|
---|
4940 | -- Cursor is 1 col behind mark end
|
---|
4941 | fCorrectMarkEnd = 1
|
---|
4942 | endif
|
---|
4943 | --dprintf( first_line', 'last_line', 'first_col', 'last_col', Marktype = 'MkType ||
|
---|
4944 | -- ', fCorrectMarkEnd/Begin = 'fCorrectMarkEnd fCorrectMarkBegin)
|
---|
4945 | enddo
|
---|
4946 | -- End workaround for cursor just behind or at begin of a mark
|
---|
4947 |
|
---|
4948 | rubout
|
---|
4949 |
|
---|
4950 | -- Begin workaround for cursor just behind or at begin of a mark
|
---|
4951 | --MkType = wordpos( MkType, 'LINE CHAR BLOCK CHARG BLOCKG') - 1
|
---|
4952 | if fCorrectMarkBegin then
|
---|
4953 | first_col = first_col - 1 -- move first_col left
|
---|
4954 | endif
|
---|
4955 | if fCorrectMarkEnd then
|
---|
4956 | last_col = last_col - 1 -- move last_col left
|
---|
4957 | endif
|
---|
4958 | if fCorrectMarkBegin | fCorrectMarkEnd then
|
---|
4959 | pSet_Mark( first_line, last_line, first_col, last_col, MkType, fid)
|
---|
4960 | endif
|
---|
4961 | -- End workaround for cursor just behind or at begin of a mark
|
---|
4962 |
|
---|
4963 | .levelofattributesupport = old_level
|
---|
4964 | endif
|
---|
4965 | 'MatchFindOnMove'
|
---|
4966 |
|
---|
4967 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
4968 | ; Enhanced to accept a line number as arg, like the deleteline statement.
|
---|
4969 | defc DeleteLine
|
---|
4970 | Line = arg( 1)
|
---|
4971 | pSave_Pos( SavedPos)
|
---|
4972 | if Line <> '' then
|
---|
4973 | .lineg = Line
|
---|
4974 | endif
|
---|
4975 |
|
---|
4976 | call NextCmdAltersText()
|
---|
4977 | call DelAttrInLine()
|
---|
4978 |
|
---|
4979 | deleteline
|
---|
4980 |
|
---|
4981 | if Line <> '' then
|
---|
4982 | pRestore_Pos( SavedPos)
|
---|
4983 | endif
|
---|
4984 |
|
---|
4985 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
4986 | ; Delete from cursor until beginning of next word, UNDOable
|
---|
4987 | defc DeleteUntilNextword
|
---|
4988 | call NextCmdAltersText()
|
---|
4989 | getline LineStr
|
---|
4990 | BegCur = .col
|
---|
4991 | LenLine = length( LineStr)
|
---|
4992 | if LenLine >= BegCur then
|
---|
4993 | for i = BegCur to LenLine -- delete remainder of word
|
---|
4994 | if substr( LineStr, i, 1) <> ' ' then
|
---|
4995 | DelBookmarkAtPos()
|
---|
4996 | -- Go over all attributes at current pos.
|
---|
4997 | -- Required for deletechar to delete the char at col.
|
---|
4998 | -- deletechar won't go over an attribute.
|
---|
4999 | .cursoroffset = 0
|
---|
5000 | deletechar
|
---|
5001 | else
|
---|
5002 | leave
|
---|
5003 | endif
|
---|
5004 | endfor
|
---|
5005 | for j = i to LenLine -- delete delimiters following word
|
---|
5006 | if substr( LineStr, j, 1) == ' ' then
|
---|
5007 | DelBookmarkAtPos()
|
---|
5008 | -- Go over all attributes at current pos.
|
---|
5009 | -- Required for deletechar to delete the char at col.
|
---|
5010 | -- deletechar won't go over an attribute.
|
---|
5011 | .cursoroffset = 0
|
---|
5012 | deletechar
|
---|
5013 | else
|
---|
5014 | leave
|
---|
5015 | endif
|
---|
5016 | endfor
|
---|
5017 | endif
|
---|
5018 |
|
---|
5019 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
5020 | defc DeleteUntilEndLine
|
---|
5021 | call NextCmdAltersText()
|
---|
5022 | l = length( textline( .line))
|
---|
5023 | DelBookmarkInRegion( .line, .col, .line, l)
|
---|
5024 | erase_end_line -- Ctrl-Del is the PM way.
|
---|
5025 |
|
---|
5026 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
5027 | defc EndFile
|
---|
5028 | universal stream_mode
|
---|
5029 | if stream_mode then
|
---|
5030 | bottom
|
---|
5031 | endline
|
---|
5032 | else
|
---|
5033 | if .line = .last and .line then
|
---|
5034 | endline
|
---|
5035 | endif
|
---|
5036 | bottom
|
---|
5037 | endif
|
---|
5038 | 'MatchFindOnMove'
|
---|
5039 |
|
---|
5040 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
5041 | ; If arg( 1) specified and > 0: Set cursor to pos of pointer.
|
---|
5042 | defc MarkWord
|
---|
5043 | if arg( 1) then
|
---|
5044 | 'MH_GoToLastClick'
|
---|
5045 | unmark
|
---|
5046 | endif
|
---|
5047 | call pMark_Word()
|
---|
5048 |
|
---|
5049 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
5050 | ; If arg( 1) specified and > 0: Set cursor to pos of pointer.
|
---|
5051 | defc MarkSentence
|
---|
5052 | if arg( 1) then
|
---|
5053 | 'MH_GoToLastClick'
|
---|
5054 | unmark
|
---|
5055 | endif
|
---|
5056 | call mark_sentence()
|
---|
5057 |
|
---|
5058 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
5059 | ; If arg( 1) specified and > 0: Set cursor to pos of pointer.
|
---|
5060 | defc MarkParagraph
|
---|
5061 | if arg( 1) then
|
---|
5062 | 'MH_GoToLastClick'
|
---|
5063 | unmark
|
---|
5064 | endif
|
---|
5065 | call mark_paragraph()
|
---|
5066 |
|
---|
5067 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
5068 | defc ExtendSentence
|
---|
5069 | call mark_through_next_sentence()
|
---|
5070 |
|
---|
5071 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
5072 | defc ExtendParagraph
|
---|
5073 | call mark_through_next_paragraph()
|
---|
5074 |
|
---|
5075 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
5076 | ; If arg( 1) specified and > 0: Set cursor to pos of pointer.
|
---|
5077 | defc MarkToken
|
---|
5078 | if arg( 1) then
|
---|
5079 | 'MH_GoToLastClick'
|
---|
5080 | endif
|
---|
5081 |
|
---|
5082 | if Find_Token( startcol, endcol) then
|
---|
5083 | KeyPath = '\NEPMD\User\Mark\WordMarkType'
|
---|
5084 | WordMarkType = QueryConfigKey( KeyPath)
|
---|
5085 | if WordMarkType = 'B' then
|
---|
5086 | MkType = 'BLOCK'
|
---|
5087 | else
|
---|
5088 | MkType = 'CHAR'
|
---|
5089 | endif
|
---|
5090 | getfileid fid
|
---|
5091 | call pSet_Mark( .line, .line, startcol, endcol, MkType, fid)
|
---|
5092 | -- Copy mark to shared text buffer
|
---|
5093 | 'Copy2SharBuff'
|
---|
5094 | endif
|
---|
5095 |
|
---|
5096 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
5097 | defc UppercaseWord
|
---|
5098 | call NextCmdAltersText()
|
---|
5099 | call pSave_Pos( savepos)
|
---|
5100 | call pSave_Mark( savemark)
|
---|
5101 | call pMark_Word()
|
---|
5102 | call pUpperCase()
|
---|
5103 | call pRestore_Mark( savemark)
|
---|
5104 |
|
---|
5105 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
5106 | defc LowercaseWord
|
---|
5107 | call NextCmdAltersText()
|
---|
5108 | call pSave_Pos( savepos)
|
---|
5109 | call pSave_Mark( savemark)
|
---|
5110 | call pMark_Word()
|
---|
5111 | call pLowerCase()
|
---|
5112 | call pRestore_Mark( savemark)
|
---|
5113 | call pRestore_Pos( savepos)
|
---|
5114 |
|
---|
5115 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
5116 | defc UppercaseMark
|
---|
5117 | call NextCmdAltersText()
|
---|
5118 | call pUpperCase()
|
---|
5119 |
|
---|
5120 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
5121 | defc LowercaseMark
|
---|
5122 | call NextCmdAltersText()
|
---|
5123 | call pLowerCase()
|
---|
5124 |
|
---|
5125 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
5126 | define
|
---|
5127 | compile if not defined( UPPERCHARS)
|
---|
5128 | UPPERCHARS = 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'
|
---|
5129 | compile endif
|
---|
5130 | compile if not defined( LOWERCHARS)
|
---|
5131 | LOWERCHARS = 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'
|
---|
5132 | compile endif
|
---|
5133 |
|
---|
5134 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
5135 | ; Toggles case of word under cursor: lower -> Mixed -> UPPER -> lower
|
---|
5136 | defc CaseWord
|
---|
5137 | call pSave_Pos( savepos)
|
---|
5138 |
|
---|
5139 | -- find_token won't take '.' and '_' as word boundaries
|
---|
5140 | rcx = Find_Token( startcol, endcol)
|
---|
5141 |
|
---|
5142 | if rcx <> 1 & .col > 1 then
|
---|
5143 | -- Inspect tokens left from cursor
|
---|
5144 | .col = .col - 1
|
---|
5145 | rcx = Find_Token( startcol, endcol)
|
---|
5146 | endif
|
---|
5147 | if rcx <> 1 then
|
---|
5148 | call pRestore_Pos( savepos)
|
---|
5149 | return
|
---|
5150 | endif
|
---|
5151 |
|
---|
5152 | getline LineStr, .line
|
---|
5153 | LeftLineStr = substr( LineStr, 1, Max( 0, startcol - 1))
|
---|
5154 | Wrd = substr( LineStr, startcol, Max( 0, endcol - startcol + 1))
|
---|
5155 | RightLineStr = substr( LineStr, endcol + 1)
|
---|
5156 |
|
---|
5157 | if verify( Wrd, LOWERCHARS, 'M') = 0 then -- no lowercase -> lowercase
|
---|
5158 | -- XXXX -> xxxx
|
---|
5159 | NewWrd = translate( Wrd, LOWERCHARS, UPPERCHARS)
|
---|
5160 |
|
---|
5161 | elseif verify( Wrd, UPPERCHARS, 'M') = 0 & -- no uppercase and
|
---|
5162 | verify( substr( Wrd, 1, 1), LOWERCHARS, 'M') then -- first char lowercase -> Capitalize
|
---|
5163 | -- xxxx -> Xxxx
|
---|
5164 | NewWrd = translate( leftstr( Wrd, 1), UPPERCHARS, LOWERCHARS) -- first letter
|
---|
5165 | if length( Wrd) > 1 then
|
---|
5166 | NewWrd = NewWrd''translate( substr( Wrd, 2), LOWERCHARS, UPPERCHARS) -- append rest
|
---|
5167 | endif
|
---|
5168 |
|
---|
5169 | else -- mixed case -> UPPERCASE
|
---|
5170 | -- xxXx -> XXXX
|
---|
5171 | NewWrd = translate( Wrd, UPPERCHARS, LOWERCHARS)
|
---|
5172 | endif
|
---|
5173 |
|
---|
5174 | -- Replace line only if anything has changed to not increase .modify otherwise
|
---|
5175 | if NewWrd <> Wrd then
|
---|
5176 | call NextCmdAltersText()
|
---|
5177 | --replaceline LeftLineStr''NewWrd''RightLineStr
|
---|
5178 | .col = startcol
|
---|
5179 | rcx = SearchReplaceLine( Wrd, NewWrd, 1)
|
---|
5180 | endif
|
---|
5181 |
|
---|
5182 | call pRestore_Pos( savepos)
|
---|
5183 |
|
---|
5184 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
5185 | ; Toggles case of char under cursor. Moves right.
|
---|
5186 | defc CaseChar
|
---|
5187 | getline LineStr, .line
|
---|
5188 | Char = substr( LineStr, .col, 1)
|
---|
5189 |
|
---|
5190 | NewChar = Char
|
---|
5191 | if verify( Char, LOWERCHARS, 'M') = 0 then -- no lowercase -> lowercase
|
---|
5192 | -- X -> x
|
---|
5193 | NewChar = translate( Char, LOWERCHARS, UPPERCHARS)
|
---|
5194 | elseif verify( Char, UPPERCHARS, 'M') = 0 then -- no uppercase -> uppercase
|
---|
5195 | -- x -> X
|
---|
5196 | NewChar = translate( Char, UPPERCHARS, LOWERCHARS)
|
---|
5197 | endif
|
---|
5198 |
|
---|
5199 | -- Replace line only if anything has changed to not increase .modify otherwise
|
---|
5200 | if NewChar <> Char then
|
---|
5201 | call NextCmdAltersText()
|
---|
5202 | rcx = SearchReplaceLine( Char, NewChar, 1)
|
---|
5203 | endif
|
---|
5204 | 'NextChar'
|
---|
5205 |
|
---|
5206 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
5207 | defc BeginWord
|
---|
5208 | call pBegin_Word()
|
---|
5209 |
|
---|
5210 | 'MatchFindOnMove'
|
---|
5211 |
|
---|
5212 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
5213 | defc EndWord
|
---|
5214 | call pEnd_Word()
|
---|
5215 |
|
---|
5216 | 'MatchFindOnMove'
|
---|
5217 |
|
---|
5218 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
5219 | defc BeginFile
|
---|
5220 | universal stream_mode
|
---|
5221 |
|
---|
5222 | if stream_mode then
|
---|
5223 | top
|
---|
5224 | beginline
|
---|
5225 | else
|
---|
5226 | if .line = 1 then
|
---|
5227 | beginline
|
---|
5228 | endif
|
---|
5229 | top
|
---|
5230 | endif
|
---|
5231 |
|
---|
5232 | 'MatchFindOnMove'
|
---|
5233 |
|
---|
5234 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
5235 | defc DuplicateLine
|
---|
5236 | call NextCmdAltersText()
|
---|
5237 | getline line
|
---|
5238 | insertline line, .line + 1
|
---|
5239 |
|
---|
5240 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
5241 | defc CommandDlgLine
|
---|
5242 | if .line then
|
---|
5243 | getline line
|
---|
5244 | 'CommandLine 'line
|
---|
5245 | endif
|
---|
5246 |
|
---|
5247 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
5248 | defc PrevWord
|
---|
5249 | universal stream_mode
|
---|
5250 |
|
---|
5251 | if stream_mode &
|
---|
5252 | (.line > 1) & (.col = Max( 1, verify( textline( .line), ' '))) then
|
---|
5253 | up
|
---|
5254 | endline
|
---|
5255 | endif
|
---|
5256 | backtab_word
|
---|
5257 |
|
---|
5258 | 'MatchFindOnMove'
|
---|
5259 |
|
---|
5260 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
5261 | defc NextWord
|
---|
5262 | universal stream_mode
|
---|
5263 |
|
---|
5264 | if stream_mode &
|
---|
5265 | (((not .line) | (lastpos( ' ', textline( .line)) < .col)) & (.line < .last)) then
|
---|
5266 | down
|
---|
5267 | call pFirst_NonBlank()
|
---|
5268 | else
|
---|
5269 | tabword
|
---|
5270 | endif
|
---|
5271 |
|
---|
5272 | 'MatchFindOnMove'
|
---|
5273 |
|
---|
5274 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
5275 | defc MarkPrevWord
|
---|
5276 | universal stream_mode
|
---|
5277 |
|
---|
5278 | startline = .line
|
---|
5279 | startcol = .col
|
---|
5280 | if .line then
|
---|
5281 | if stream_mode &
|
---|
5282 | (.line > 1) & (.col = Max( 1, verify( textline( .line), ' '))) then
|
---|
5283 | up
|
---|
5284 | endline
|
---|
5285 | endif
|
---|
5286 | backtabword
|
---|
5287 | call Extend_Mark( startline, startcol, 0)
|
---|
5288 | endif
|
---|
5289 |
|
---|
5290 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
5291 | defc MarkNextWord
|
---|
5292 | universal stream_mode
|
---|
5293 |
|
---|
5294 | startline = .line
|
---|
5295 | startcol = .col
|
---|
5296 | if .line then
|
---|
5297 | if stream_mode &
|
---|
5298 | (((not .line) | (lastpos( ' ', textline( .line)) < .col)) & (.line < .last)) then
|
---|
5299 | down
|
---|
5300 | call pFirst_NonBlank()
|
---|
5301 | else
|
---|
5302 | tabword
|
---|
5303 | endif
|
---|
5304 | call Extend_Mark( startline, startcol, 1)
|
---|
5305 | endif
|
---|
5306 |
|
---|
5307 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
5308 | defc BeginScreen
|
---|
5309 | if .line then
|
---|
5310 | .cursory = 1
|
---|
5311 | else
|
---|
5312 | .line = 1
|
---|
5313 | endif
|
---|
5314 |
|
---|
5315 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
5316 | defc EndScreen
|
---|
5317 | if .line then
|
---|
5318 | .cursory = .windowheight
|
---|
5319 | else
|
---|
5320 | .line = 1
|
---|
5321 | endif
|
---|
5322 |
|
---|
5323 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
5324 | defc MarkBeginScreen
|
---|
5325 | startline = .line
|
---|
5326 | startcol = .col
|
---|
5327 | if .line then
|
---|
5328 | .cursory = 1
|
---|
5329 | endif
|
---|
5330 | if .line then
|
---|
5331 | call Extend_Mark( startline, startcol, 0)
|
---|
5332 | else
|
---|
5333 | .line = 1
|
---|
5334 | endif
|
---|
5335 |
|
---|
5336 | defc MarkEndScreen
|
---|
5337 | startline = .line
|
---|
5338 | startcol = .col
|
---|
5339 | if .line then
|
---|
5340 | .cursory = .windowheight
|
---|
5341 | endif
|
---|
5342 | if .line then
|
---|
5343 | call Extend_Mark( startline, startcol, 1)
|
---|
5344 | else
|
---|
5345 | .line = 1
|
---|
5346 | endif
|
---|
5347 |
|
---|
5348 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
5349 | ; Record and playback key and menu commands
|
---|
5350 | ; The array var 'recordkeys' holds the list of \0-separated Key\1Cmd pairs.
|
---|
5351 | ; It is set by SaveKeyCmd, which is called by OtherKeys, ExecKeyCmd and
|
---|
5352 | ; ExecAccelKey. See UNDO.E:"defproc SaveKeyCmd".
|
---|
5353 |
|
---|
5354 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
5355 | defproc RecKeysNew
|
---|
5356 | universal recfid
|
---|
5357 |
|
---|
5358 | UserDir = Get_Env( 'NEPMD_USERDIR')
|
---|
5359 | RecFile = UserDir'\bin\last.rec'
|
---|
5360 | getfileid startfid
|
---|
5361 | getfileid recfid, RecFile
|
---|
5362 | if validatefileid( recfid) then
|
---|
5363 | call pSave_Mark( SavedMark)
|
---|
5364 | activatefile recfid
|
---|
5365 | call pSet_Mark( 1, .last, 1, length( textline( .last)), 'CHAR' , recfid)
|
---|
5366 | deletemark
|
---|
5367 | if .last > 0 then
|
---|
5368 | .line = .last
|
---|
5369 | deleteline
|
---|
5370 | endif
|
---|
5371 | --'xcom save' -- Better keep old file until recording is saved
|
---|
5372 | .modify = 0
|
---|
5373 | call pRestore_Mark( SavedMark)
|
---|
5374 | else
|
---|
5375 | 'xcom E /n 'RecFile
|
---|
5376 | getfileid recfid
|
---|
5377 | .visible = 0
|
---|
5378 | .autosave = 0
|
---|
5379 | endif
|
---|
5380 | if .last > 0 then
|
---|
5381 | .line = .last
|
---|
5382 | deleteline
|
---|
5383 | endif
|
---|
5384 | .modify = 0
|
---|
5385 | activatefile startfid
|
---|
5386 |
|
---|
5387 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
5388 | defproc RecKeysEnd
|
---|
5389 | UserDir = Get_Env( 'NEPMD_USERDIR')
|
---|
5390 | RecFile = UserDir'\bin\last.rec'
|
---|
5391 | getfileid startfid
|
---|
5392 | getfileid recfid, RecFile
|
---|
5393 | if validatefileid( recfid) then
|
---|
5394 | activatefile recfid
|
---|
5395 | 'xcom Save'
|
---|
5396 | activatefile startfid
|
---|
5397 | endif
|
---|
5398 |
|
---|
5399 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
5400 | defproc RecKeysCancel
|
---|
5401 | UserDir = Get_Env( 'NEPMD_USERDIR')
|
---|
5402 | RecFile = UserDir'\bin\last.rec'
|
---|
5403 | getfileid startfid
|
---|
5404 | getfileid recfid, RecFile
|
---|
5405 | if validatefileid( recfid) then
|
---|
5406 | activatefile recfid
|
---|
5407 | .modify = 0
|
---|
5408 | 'xcom Quit'
|
---|
5409 | activatefile startfid
|
---|
5410 | recfid = 0
|
---|
5411 | endif
|
---|
5412 |
|
---|
5413 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
5414 | defc RecKeysSaveAs
|
---|
5415 | UserDir = Get_Env( 'NEPMD_USERDIR')
|
---|
5416 | RecFile = UserDir'\bin\last.rec'
|
---|
5417 | getfileid recfid, RecFile
|
---|
5418 | -- Revert to make it visible and to process defload and defselect
|
---|
5419 | if validatefileid( recfid) then
|
---|
5420 | activatefile recfid
|
---|
5421 | 'xcom Quit'
|
---|
5422 | endif
|
---|
5423 | 'xcom E /d' RecFile
|
---|
5424 | -- Open Save-as dialog
|
---|
5425 | 'PostMe PostMe SaveAs_Dlg' -- 2x PostMe required
|
---|
5426 |
|
---|
5427 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
5428 | defproc RecKeysGetFile
|
---|
5429 | universal recfid
|
---|
5430 |
|
---|
5431 | if validatefileid( recfid) then
|
---|
5432 | RecFile = recfid.filename
|
---|
5433 | else
|
---|
5434 | UserDir = Get_Env( 'NEPMD_USERDIR')
|
---|
5435 | RecFile = UserDir'\bin\last.rec'
|
---|
5436 | endif
|
---|
5437 | return RecFile
|
---|
5438 |
|
---|
5439 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
5440 | defc RecKeysSelectFile
|
---|
5441 | RecFile = RecKeysGetFile()
|
---|
5442 | Title = 'Select a record macro file for playback'
|
---|
5443 | Cmd = 'RecKeysSetFile'
|
---|
5444 | FileMask = RecFile
|
---|
5445 | 'FileDlg' Title','Cmd','FileMask
|
---|
5446 |
|
---|
5447 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
5448 | defc RecKeysSetFile
|
---|
5449 | universal recfid
|
---|
5450 | universal recordingstate
|
---|
5451 |
|
---|
5452 | RecFile = arg( 1)
|
---|
5453 | Text = '"'RecFile'" set as record macro file for playback.'
|
---|
5454 | getfileid startfid
|
---|
5455 | getfileid fid, RecFile
|
---|
5456 | if fid = '' then
|
---|
5457 | if Exist( RecFile) then
|
---|
5458 | 'xcom E' RecFile
|
---|
5459 | .visible = 0
|
---|
5460 | getfileid recfid
|
---|
5461 | activatefile startfid
|
---|
5462 | 'SayError 'Text
|
---|
5463 | recordingstate = 'P'
|
---|
5464 | endif
|
---|
5465 | else
|
---|
5466 | recfid = fid
|
---|
5467 | 'SayError 'Text
|
---|
5468 | recordingstate = 'P'
|
---|
5469 | endif
|
---|
5470 |
|
---|
5471 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
5472 | defc RecKeysSelectEditFile
|
---|
5473 | RecFile = RecKeysGetFile()
|
---|
5474 | Title = 'Select a record macro file to edit'
|
---|
5475 | Cmd = 'RecKeysEditFile'
|
---|
5476 | FileMask = RecFile
|
---|
5477 | 'FileDlg' Title','Cmd','FileMask
|
---|
5478 |
|
---|
5479 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
5480 | defc RecKeysEditFile
|
---|
5481 | RecFile = arg( 1)
|
---|
5482 | getfileid fid, RecFile
|
---|
5483 | -- Revert to make it visible and to process defload and defselect
|
---|
5484 | if fid then
|
---|
5485 | activatefile fid
|
---|
5486 | 'xcom Quit'
|
---|
5487 | endif
|
---|
5488 | 'Edit' RecFile
|
---|
5489 |
|
---|
5490 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
5491 | defproc RecKeysAppendCurKey
|
---|
5492 | universal curkey
|
---|
5493 | universal recfid
|
---|
5494 |
|
---|
5495 | insertline curkey, recfid.last + 1, recfid
|
---|
5496 | recfid.modify = 0
|
---|
5497 |
|
---|
5498 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
5499 | defproc RecKeysGetNumKeys
|
---|
5500 | universal recfid
|
---|
5501 |
|
---|
5502 | if validatefileid( recfid) then
|
---|
5503 | return recfid.last
|
---|
5504 | else
|
---|
5505 | return 0
|
---|
5506 | endif
|
---|
5507 |
|
---|
5508 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
5509 | defproc RecKeysGetKey( line)
|
---|
5510 | universal recfid
|
---|
5511 |
|
---|
5512 | getline LineStr, line, recfid
|
---|
5513 | return LineStr
|
---|
5514 |
|
---|
5515 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
5516 | defproc AddRecordKeys
|
---|
5517 | universal recordingstate
|
---|
5518 | universal curkey
|
---|
5519 |
|
---|
5520 | parse value( curkey) with KeyString \1 Cmd
|
---|
5521 | Cmd = strip( Cmd)
|
---|
5522 |
|
---|
5523 | -- If key recording is active, add curkey to recordkeys array var
|
---|
5524 | if wordpos( upcase( Cmd), 'RECORDKEYS PLAYBACKKEYS') = 0 then
|
---|
5525 | if recordingstate = 'R' then
|
---|
5526 | call RecKeysAppendCurKey()
|
---|
5527 | endif
|
---|
5528 | endif
|
---|
5529 |
|
---|
5530 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
5531 | defc RecordKeys
|
---|
5532 | universal recordingstate
|
---|
5533 |
|
---|
5534 | RecordKeysKeyString = strip( MenuAccelString( 'RecordKeys'), 'L', \9)
|
---|
5535 | PlaybackKeysKeyString = strip( MenuAccelString( 'PlaybackKeys'), 'L', \9)
|
---|
5536 |
|
---|
5537 | if recordingstate = 'R' then
|
---|
5538 | recordingstate = 'P'
|
---|
5539 | --'SayHint' REMEMBERED__MSG
|
---|
5540 | call RecKeysEnd()
|
---|
5541 | 'SayHint Remembered! Press 'PlaybackKeysKeyString' to execute.'
|
---|
5542 | else
|
---|
5543 | recordingstate = 'R'
|
---|
5544 | call RecKeysNew()
|
---|
5545 | --'SayHint' CTRL_R__MSG
|
---|
5546 | 'SayHint Remembering keys. 'RecordKeysKeyString' to finish, 'PlaybackKeysKeyString' to finish and try, Esc to cancel.'
|
---|
5547 | endif
|
---|
5548 |
|
---|
5549 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
5550 | defc CancelRecordKeys
|
---|
5551 | universal recordingstate
|
---|
5552 |
|
---|
5553 | recordingstate = ''
|
---|
5554 | call RecKeysCancel()
|
---|
5555 | 'SayHint Key recording canceled.'
|
---|
5556 |
|
---|
5557 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
5558 | defc PlaybackKeys
|
---|
5559 | universal recordingstate
|
---|
5560 | universal recfid
|
---|
5561 |
|
---|
5562 | NumEntries = RecKeysGetNumKeys()
|
---|
5563 | PlaybackKeysKeyString = strip( MenuAccelString( 'PlaybackKeys'), 'L', \9)
|
---|
5564 | if recordingstate = 'R' then
|
---|
5565 | recordingstate = 'P'
|
---|
5566 | call RecKeysEnd()
|
---|
5567 | --'SayHint' REMEMBERED__MSG
|
---|
5568 | 'SayHint Remembered! Press 'PlaybackKeysKeyString' to execute.'
|
---|
5569 | endif
|
---|
5570 | if recordingstate = 'P' & validatefileid( recfid) then
|
---|
5571 | call NextCmdAltersText()
|
---|
5572 | 'DisableUndoRec'
|
---|
5573 | do line = 1 to NumEntries
|
---|
5574 | KeyDef = RecKeysGetKey( line)
|
---|
5575 | parse value( KeyDef) with Key \1 Cmd
|
---|
5576 | -- Execute either accel or standard (other) key
|
---|
5577 | if Cmd <> '' then
|
---|
5578 | -- Execute Cmd if defined
|
---|
5579 | Cmd
|
---|
5580 | elseif IsSingleKey( Key) then
|
---|
5581 | -- A standard char
|
---|
5582 | call Process_Key( Key)
|
---|
5583 | endif
|
---|
5584 | enddo
|
---|
5585 | 'EnableUndoRec'
|
---|
5586 | else
|
---|
5587 | 'RecKeysSelectFile'
|
---|
5588 | endif
|
---|
5589 |
|
---|
5590 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
5591 | defc TypeTab
|
---|
5592 | call Process_Key( \9)
|
---|
5593 |
|
---|
5594 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
5595 | defc DeleteChar
|
---|
5596 | universal stream_mode
|
---|
5597 |
|
---|
5598 | fMarkDeleted = ReplaceMark()
|
---|
5599 | if fMarkDeleted then
|
---|
5600 | return
|
---|
5601 | endif
|
---|
5602 |
|
---|
5603 | call NextCmdAltersText()
|
---|
5604 | l = 0
|
---|
5605 | if .line then
|
---|
5606 | l = length( textline( .line))
|
---|
5607 | endif
|
---|
5608 | if .line & .col > l & stream_mode then
|
---|
5609 | join -- Append next line to current
|
---|
5610 | .col = l + 1
|
---|
5611 | else
|
---|
5612 | old_level = .levelofattributesupport
|
---|
5613 | if old_level & not (old_level bitand 2) then
|
---|
5614 | .levelofattributesupport = .levelofattributesupport + 2
|
---|
5615 | endif
|
---|
5616 | DelBookmarkAtPos()
|
---|
5617 | -- Go over all attributes at current pos.
|
---|
5618 | -- Required for deletechar to delete the char at col.
|
---|
5619 | -- deletechar won't go over an attribute.
|
---|
5620 | .cursoroffset = 0
|
---|
5621 | -- deletechar won't go over the text end and delete the line end char.
|
---|
5622 | -- That is the correct behavior in line mode.
|
---|
5623 | deletechar
|
---|
5624 | .levelofattributesupport = old_level
|
---|
5625 | endif
|
---|
5626 |
|
---|
5627 | 'MatchFindOnMove'
|
---|
5628 |
|
---|
5629 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
5630 | defc ScrollLockV
|
---|
5631 | NewValue = strip( arg( 1))
|
---|
5632 | if NewValue <> '' & wordpos( NewValue, '0 1') then
|
---|
5633 | KeyPath = '\NEPMD\User\CursorPos\ScrollLockV'
|
---|
5634 | fScrollLockV = QueryConfigKey( KeyPath)
|
---|
5635 | if NewValue <> fScrollLockV then
|
---|
5636 | WriteConfigKey( KeyPath, NewValue)
|
---|
5637 | endif
|
---|
5638 | endif
|
---|
5639 |
|
---|
5640 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
5641 | defc ScrollLockH
|
---|
5642 | NewValue = strip( arg( 1))
|
---|
5643 | if NewValue <> '' & wordpos( NewValue, '0 1') then
|
---|
5644 | KeyPath = '\NEPMD\User\CursorPos\ScrollLockH'
|
---|
5645 | fScrollLockH = QueryConfigKey( KeyPath)
|
---|
5646 | if NewValue <> fScrollLockH then
|
---|
5647 | WriteConfigKey( KeyPath, NewValue)
|
---|
5648 | endif
|
---|
5649 | endif
|
---|
5650 |
|
---|
5651 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
5652 | defc Nextline, Down
|
---|
5653 | NumLines = arg( 1)
|
---|
5654 |
|
---|
5655 | NextCmdChangesLinePos()
|
---|
5656 | call UnmarkOnAnyKey()
|
---|
5657 | 'VSyncIfKeepCursor'
|
---|
5658 |
|
---|
5659 | fScrollLockV = 0
|
---|
5660 | if Scroll_Lock() then
|
---|
5661 | KeyPath = '\NEPMD\User\CursorPos\ScrollLockV'
|
---|
5662 | fScrollLockV = QueryConfigKey( KeyPath)
|
---|
5663 | endif
|
---|
5664 | if fScrollLockV then
|
---|
5665 | ScrollUpDownKey( 1, NumLines)
|
---|
5666 | else
|
---|
5667 | call UpDownKey( 1, NumLines)
|
---|
5668 | endif
|
---|
5669 |
|
---|
5670 |
|
---|
5671 | 'MatchFindOnMove'
|
---|
5672 |
|
---|
5673 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
5674 | defc PrevLine, Up
|
---|
5675 | NumLines = arg( 1)
|
---|
5676 |
|
---|
5677 | NextCmdChangesLinePos()
|
---|
5678 | call UnmarkOnAnyKey()
|
---|
5679 | 'VSyncIfKeepCursor'
|
---|
5680 |
|
---|
5681 | fScrollLockV = 0
|
---|
5682 | if Scroll_Lock() then
|
---|
5683 | KeyPath = '\NEPMD\User\CursorPos\ScrollLockV'
|
---|
5684 | fScrollLockV = QueryConfigKey( KeyPath)
|
---|
5685 | endif
|
---|
5686 | if fScrollLockV then
|
---|
5687 | ScrollUpDownKey( 0, NumLines)
|
---|
5688 | else
|
---|
5689 | call UpDownKey( 0, NumLines)
|
---|
5690 | endif
|
---|
5691 |
|
---|
5692 | if .line = 0 then
|
---|
5693 | -- Not for insert below
|
---|
5694 | KeyPath = '\NEPMD\User\Mark\LineInsert'
|
---|
5695 | LineInsert = QueryConfigKey( KeyPath)
|
---|
5696 | if LineInsert = 'A' then
|
---|
5697 | .lineg = 1
|
---|
5698 | endif
|
---|
5699 | endif
|
---|
5700 |
|
---|
5701 | 'MatchFindOnMove'
|
---|
5702 |
|
---|
5703 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
5704 | defc ScrollDown
|
---|
5705 | NumLines = arg( 1)
|
---|
5706 |
|
---|
5707 | NextCmdChangesLinePos()
|
---|
5708 | call UnmarkOnAnyKey()
|
---|
5709 | 'VSyncIfKeepCursor'
|
---|
5710 |
|
---|
5711 | fScrollLockV = 0
|
---|
5712 | if Scroll_Lock() then
|
---|
5713 | KeyPath = '\NEPMD\User\CursorPos\ScrollLockV'
|
---|
5714 | fScrollLockV = QueryConfigKey( KeyPath)
|
---|
5715 | endif
|
---|
5716 | if not fScrollLockV then
|
---|
5717 | ScrollUpDownKey( 1, NumLines)
|
---|
5718 | else
|
---|
5719 | call UpDownKey( 1, NumLines)
|
---|
5720 | endif
|
---|
5721 |
|
---|
5722 | 'MatchFindOnMove'
|
---|
5723 |
|
---|
5724 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
5725 | defc ScrollUp
|
---|
5726 | NumLines = arg( 1)
|
---|
5727 |
|
---|
5728 | NextCmdChangesLinePos()
|
---|
5729 | call UnmarkOnAnyKey()
|
---|
5730 | 'VSyncIfKeepCursor'
|
---|
5731 |
|
---|
5732 | fScrollLockV = 0
|
---|
5733 | if Scroll_Lock() then
|
---|
5734 | KeyPath = '\NEPMD\User\CursorPos\ScrollLockV'
|
---|
5735 | fScrollLockV = QueryConfigKey( KeyPath)
|
---|
5736 | endif
|
---|
5737 | if not fScrollLockV then
|
---|
5738 | ScrollUpDownKey( 0, NumLines)
|
---|
5739 | else
|
---|
5740 | call UpDownKey( 0, NumLines)
|
---|
5741 | endif
|
---|
5742 |
|
---|
5743 | if .line = 0 then
|
---|
5744 | -- Not for insert below
|
---|
5745 | KeyPath = '\NEPMD\User\Mark\LineInsert'
|
---|
5746 | LineInsert = QueryConfigKey( KeyPath)
|
---|
5747 | if LineInsert = 'A' then
|
---|
5748 | .lineg = 1
|
---|
5749 | endif
|
---|
5750 | endif
|
---|
5751 |
|
---|
5752 | 'MatchFindOnMove'
|
---|
5753 |
|
---|
5754 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
5755 | defc MarkDown
|
---|
5756 | NextCmdChangesLinePos()
|
---|
5757 | startline = .line
|
---|
5758 | startcol = .col
|
---|
5759 | call UpDownKey( 1)
|
---|
5760 | if startline then -- required if cursor is in line 0
|
---|
5761 | call Extend_Mark( startline, startcol, 1)
|
---|
5762 | endif
|
---|
5763 |
|
---|
5764 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
5765 | defc BeginLine -- Home
|
---|
5766 | call UnmarkOnAnyKey()
|
---|
5767 | 'VSyncIfKeepCursor'
|
---|
5768 |
|
---|
5769 | KeyPath = '\NEPMD\User\SpecialKeys\HomeToggles'
|
---|
5770 | on = (QueryConfigKey( KeyPath) = 1)
|
---|
5771 | if on then
|
---|
5772 | -- Go to begin of text.
|
---|
5773 | -- If in area before or at begin of text, go to column 1.
|
---|
5774 | startline = .line
|
---|
5775 | startcol = .col
|
---|
5776 | call pFirst_NonBlank()
|
---|
5777 | if .line = startline and .col = startcol then
|
---|
5778 | beginline
|
---|
5779 | endif
|
---|
5780 | else
|
---|
5781 | -- standard Home
|
---|
5782 | beginline
|
---|
5783 | endif
|
---|
5784 |
|
---|
5785 | 'MatchFindOnMove'
|
---|
5786 |
|
---|
5787 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
5788 | defc MarkBeginLine -- Sh+Home
|
---|
5789 | KeyPath = '\NEPMD\User\SpecialKeys\HomeToggles'
|
---|
5790 | on = (QueryConfigKey( KeyPath) = 1)
|
---|
5791 | if on then
|
---|
5792 | -- Go to begin of text.
|
---|
5793 | -- If in area before or at begin of text, go to column 1.
|
---|
5794 | startline = .line
|
---|
5795 | startcol = .col
|
---|
5796 | call pFirst_NonBlank()
|
---|
5797 | if .line = startline and .col = startcol then
|
---|
5798 | beginline
|
---|
5799 | endif
|
---|
5800 | if .line then
|
---|
5801 | call Extend_Mark( startline, startcol, 0)
|
---|
5802 | endif
|
---|
5803 | else
|
---|
5804 | -- standard Sh+Home
|
---|
5805 | startline = .line
|
---|
5806 | startcol = .col
|
---|
5807 | beginline
|
---|
5808 | if .line then
|
---|
5809 | call Extend_Mark( startline, startcol, 0)
|
---|
5810 | endif
|
---|
5811 | endif
|
---|
5812 |
|
---|
5813 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
5814 | defc EndLine -- End
|
---|
5815 | universal endkeystartpos
|
---|
5816 |
|
---|
5817 | call UnmarkOnAnyKey()
|
---|
5818 | 'VSyncIfKeepCursor'
|
---|
5819 |
|
---|
5820 | KeyPath = '\NEPMD\User\SpecialKeys\EndToggles'
|
---|
5821 | on = (QueryConfigKey( KeyPath) = 1)
|
---|
5822 | if on then
|
---|
5823 | -- If started from after end of text, save that as startcol.
|
---|
5824 | -- Go to end of text. If on end of text, go to startcol.
|
---|
5825 | parse value( endkeystartpos) with savedline savedcol
|
---|
5826 | startline = .line
|
---|
5827 | startcol = .col
|
---|
5828 | if .line then
|
---|
5829 | endline
|
---|
5830 | --call pEnd_Line() -- like endline, but ignore trailing blanks
|
---|
5831 | if savedline <> startline or startcol > .col then
|
---|
5832 | endkeystartpos = startline startcol
|
---|
5833 | else
|
---|
5834 | if startcol = .col and savedcol > .col then
|
---|
5835 | .col = savedcol
|
---|
5836 | endif
|
---|
5837 | endif
|
---|
5838 | endif
|
---|
5839 | else
|
---|
5840 | -- standard End
|
---|
5841 | if .line then
|
---|
5842 | endline
|
---|
5843 | endif
|
---|
5844 | --call pEnd_Line() -- like endline, but ignore trailing blanks
|
---|
5845 | endif
|
---|
5846 |
|
---|
5847 | 'MatchFindOnMove'
|
---|
5848 |
|
---|
5849 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
5850 | defc MarkEndLine -- Sh+End
|
---|
5851 | universal endkeystartpos
|
---|
5852 |
|
---|
5853 | KeyPath = '\NEPMD\User\SpecialKeys\EndToggles'
|
---|
5854 | on = (QueryConfigKey( KeyPath) = 1)
|
---|
5855 | if on then
|
---|
5856 | parse value( endkeystartpos) with savedline savedcol
|
---|
5857 | startline = .line
|
---|
5858 | startcol = .col
|
---|
5859 | if .line then
|
---|
5860 | endline
|
---|
5861 | --call pEnd_Line() -- like endline, but ignore trailing blanks
|
---|
5862 | if savedline <> startline or startcol > .col then
|
---|
5863 | endkeystartpos = startline startcol
|
---|
5864 | else
|
---|
5865 | if startcol = .col and savedcol > .col then
|
---|
5866 | .col = savedcol
|
---|
5867 | endif
|
---|
5868 | endif
|
---|
5869 | call Extend_Mark( startline, startcol, 1)
|
---|
5870 | endif
|
---|
5871 | else
|
---|
5872 | startline = .line
|
---|
5873 | startcol = .col
|
---|
5874 | --call pEnd_Line() -- like endline, but ignore trailing blanks
|
---|
5875 | if .line then
|
---|
5876 | endline
|
---|
5877 | call Extend_Mark( startline, startcol, 1)
|
---|
5878 | endif
|
---|
5879 | endif
|
---|
5880 |
|
---|
5881 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
5882 | ; Syntax: ProcessEscape [<cmd>]
|
---|
5883 | ; <cmd> is usually set to CommandLine
|
---|
5884 | ; This can be specified in STDKEYS.E.
|
---|
5885 | defc ProcessEscape
|
---|
5886 | universal alt_R_active
|
---|
5887 | universal recordingstate
|
---|
5888 | universal mousemarkinginfo
|
---|
5889 |
|
---|
5890 | Cmd = strip( arg( 1))
|
---|
5891 | parse value mousemarkinginfo with BeginDragLine BeginDragCol HighlightSwitchedOff Mt
|
---|
5892 |
|
---|
5893 | sayerror 0
|
---|
5894 |
|
---|
5895 | -- Set focus to client
|
---|
5896 | -- EPM bug:
|
---|
5897 | -- On dismissing a popup menu, the focus is often not set back to the edit
|
---|
5898 | -- window. Click into it first. Focus switching was also addded to
|
---|
5899 | -- ShowCursor (Ctrl+.) and ProcessEscape (Esc).
|
---|
5900 | 'SetFocusToEditClient'
|
---|
5901 |
|
---|
5902 | if recordingstate = 'R' then
|
---|
5903 | 'CancelRecordKeys'
|
---|
5904 |
|
---|
5905 | elseif alt_R_active <> '' then
|
---|
5906 | 'SetMessageLine '\0
|
---|
5907 | 'ToggleFrame 2 'alt_R_active -- restore status of messageline
|
---|
5908 | alt_R_active = ''
|
---|
5909 |
|
---|
5910 | elseif mousemarkinginfo <> '' then
|
---|
5911 | -- Just cancel the mark action (internally defined) and don't open
|
---|
5912 | -- commandline. The unmarking will happen just at releasing MB 2,
|
---|
5913 | -- not immediately. To unmark the text immediately, another PM window
|
---|
5914 | -- has to be shown, like the commandline window.
|
---|
5915 | 'MH_CancelMark'
|
---|
5916 |
|
---|
5917 | -- Workaround for catching the last char of a line as last char of a mark
|
---|
5918 | call MouseMarkEnableHighlight()
|
---|
5919 |
|
---|
5920 | else
|
---|
5921 | 'HighlightCursor'
|
---|
5922 | Cmd
|
---|
5923 | endif
|
---|
5924 |
|
---|
5925 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
5926 | defc SaveOrSaveAs
|
---|
5927 | fTempFile = (leftstr( .filename, 1) = '.')
|
---|
5928 | -- Let 'Save' open the Save-as dialog for unmodified virtual files to
|
---|
5929 | -- query fTempFile and PrevFilename of 'Save' correctly
|
---|
5930 | if .modify | fTempFile then
|
---|
5931 | 'Save'
|
---|
5932 | else
|
---|
5933 | 'SayError No changes. Press Enter to Save anyway.'
|
---|
5934 | 'SaveAs_Dlg 0' -- better show file selector
|
---|
5935 | -- new optional arg, 0 => no EXIST_OVERLAY__MSG
|
---|
5936 | endif
|
---|
5937 |
|
---|
5938 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
5939 | defc SmartSave
|
---|
5940 | if .modify then
|
---|
5941 | 'Save'
|
---|
5942 | else
|
---|
5943 | 'SayError No changes.'
|
---|
5944 | endif
|
---|
5945 |
|
---|
5946 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
5947 | defc FileOrQuit
|
---|
5948 | if .modify then
|
---|
5949 | 'File'
|
---|
5950 | else
|
---|
5951 | 'Quit'
|
---|
5952 | endif
|
---|
5953 |
|
---|
5954 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
5955 | defc EditFileDlg
|
---|
5956 | universal ring_enabled
|
---|
5957 | if not ring_enabled then
|
---|
5958 | 'SayError 'NO_RING__MSG
|
---|
5959 | return
|
---|
5960 | endif
|
---|
5961 | 'OpenDlg EDIT'
|
---|
5962 |
|
---|
5963 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
5964 | defc Prevfile
|
---|
5965 | -- Workaround: This avoids unwanted window scrolling of the previous file.
|
---|
5966 | 'VSyncCursor'
|
---|
5967 | prevfile
|
---|
5968 |
|
---|
5969 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
5970 | defc NextFile
|
---|
5971 | -- Workaround: This avoids unwanted window scrolling of the previous file.
|
---|
5972 | 'VSyncCursor'
|
---|
5973 | nextfile
|
---|
5974 |
|
---|
5975 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
5976 | defc UndoLine
|
---|
5977 | call NextCmdAltersText()
|
---|
5978 | undo
|
---|
5979 |
|
---|
5980 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
5981 | defc InsertToggle
|
---|
5982 | inserttoggle
|
---|
5983 | call Fixup_Cursor()
|
---|
5984 |
|
---|
5985 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
5986 | defc PrevChar, Left
|
---|
5987 | NumCols = arg( 1)
|
---|
5988 |
|
---|
5989 | call UnmarkOnAnyKey()
|
---|
5990 | 'VSyncIfKeepCursor'
|
---|
5991 |
|
---|
5992 | fScrollLockH = 0
|
---|
5993 | if Scroll_Lock() then
|
---|
5994 | KeyPath = '\NEPMD\User\CursorPos\ScrollLockH'
|
---|
5995 | fScrollLockH = QueryConfigKey( KeyPath)
|
---|
5996 | endif
|
---|
5997 | if fScrollLockH then
|
---|
5998 | 'ScrollLeft' NumCols
|
---|
5999 | else
|
---|
6000 | 'MoveCursorLeft' NumCols
|
---|
6001 | endif
|
---|
6002 |
|
---|
6003 | 'MatchFindOnMove'
|
---|
6004 |
|
---|
6005 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
6006 | ; Moves left without unmark.
|
---|
6007 | defc MoveCursorLeft
|
---|
6008 | NumCols = arg( 1)
|
---|
6009 | if NumCols = '' then
|
---|
6010 | NumCols = 1
|
---|
6011 | elseif not IsNum( NumCols) then
|
---|
6012 | NumCols = 1
|
---|
6013 | endif
|
---|
6014 |
|
---|
6015 | 'VSyncIfKeepCursor'
|
---|
6016 |
|
---|
6017 | do n = 1 to NumCols
|
---|
6018 | if .line > 1 & .col = 1 then
|
---|
6019 | up
|
---|
6020 | endline
|
---|
6021 | else
|
---|
6022 | left
|
---|
6023 | endif
|
---|
6024 | enddo
|
---|
6025 |
|
---|
6026 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
6027 | defc MarkPrevChar, MarkLeft
|
---|
6028 | startline = .line
|
---|
6029 | startcol = .col
|
---|
6030 | if .line > 1 & .col = 1 then
|
---|
6031 | up
|
---|
6032 | endline
|
---|
6033 | else
|
---|
6034 | left
|
---|
6035 | endif
|
---|
6036 | call Extend_Mark( startline, startcol, 0)
|
---|
6037 |
|
---|
6038 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
6039 | defc PrevPage, PageUp
|
---|
6040 | NextCmdChangesLinePos()
|
---|
6041 | call UnmarkOnAnyKey()
|
---|
6042 | 'VSyncIfKeepCursor'
|
---|
6043 |
|
---|
6044 | pageup
|
---|
6045 |
|
---|
6046 | 'MatchFindOnMove'
|
---|
6047 |
|
---|
6048 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
6049 | defc NextPage, PageDown
|
---|
6050 | NextCmdChangesLinePos()
|
---|
6051 | call UnmarkOnAnyKey()
|
---|
6052 | 'VSyncIfKeepCursor'
|
---|
6053 |
|
---|
6054 | pagedown
|
---|
6055 |
|
---|
6056 | 'MatchFindOnMove'
|
---|
6057 |
|
---|
6058 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
6059 | defc MarkPageUp
|
---|
6060 | NextCmdChangesLinePos()
|
---|
6061 | startline = .line
|
---|
6062 | startcol = .col
|
---|
6063 | pageup
|
---|
6064 | if .line then
|
---|
6065 | call Extend_Mark( startline, startcol, 0)
|
---|
6066 | endif
|
---|
6067 | if .line = 0 then
|
---|
6068 | -- Not for insert below
|
---|
6069 | KeyPath = '\NEPMD\User\Mark\LineInsert'
|
---|
6070 | LineInsert = QueryConfigKey( KeyPath)
|
---|
6071 | if LineInsert = 'A' then
|
---|
6072 | .line = 1
|
---|
6073 | endif
|
---|
6074 | endif
|
---|
6075 |
|
---|
6076 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
6077 | defc MarkPageDown
|
---|
6078 | NextCmdChangesLinePos()
|
---|
6079 | startline = .line
|
---|
6080 | startcol = .col
|
---|
6081 | pagedown
|
---|
6082 | if .line then -- required if cursor is in line 0
|
---|
6083 | call Extend_Mark( startline, startcol, 1)
|
---|
6084 | endif
|
---|
6085 |
|
---|
6086 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
6087 | defc NextChar, Right
|
---|
6088 | NumCols = arg( 1)
|
---|
6089 |
|
---|
6090 | call UnmarkOnAnyKey()
|
---|
6091 | 'VSyncIfKeepCursor'
|
---|
6092 |
|
---|
6093 | fScrollLockH = 0
|
---|
6094 | if Scroll_Lock() then
|
---|
6095 | KeyPath = '\NEPMD\User\CursorPos\ScrollLockH'
|
---|
6096 | fScrollLockH = QueryConfigKey( KeyPath)
|
---|
6097 | endif
|
---|
6098 | if fScrollLockH then
|
---|
6099 | 'ScrollRight' NumCols
|
---|
6100 | else
|
---|
6101 | 'MoveCursorRight' NumCols
|
---|
6102 | endif
|
---|
6103 |
|
---|
6104 | 'MatchFindOnMove'
|
---|
6105 |
|
---|
6106 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
6107 | ; Moves right without unmark. Used for buffer.
|
---|
6108 | defc MoveCursorRight
|
---|
6109 | universal cursoreverywhere
|
---|
6110 |
|
---|
6111 | NumCols = arg( 1)
|
---|
6112 | if NumCols = '' then
|
---|
6113 | NumCols = 1
|
---|
6114 | elseif not IsNum( NumCols) then
|
---|
6115 | NumCols = 1
|
---|
6116 | endif
|
---|
6117 |
|
---|
6118 | 'VSyncIfKeepCursor'
|
---|
6119 |
|
---|
6120 | if .line then
|
---|
6121 | l = length( textline( .line))
|
---|
6122 | else
|
---|
6123 | l = .col
|
---|
6124 | endif
|
---|
6125 | if (.line < .last) & (.col > l) & not cursoreverywhere then
|
---|
6126 | down
|
---|
6127 | beginline
|
---|
6128 | elseif (.line = .last) & (.col > l) & not cursoreverywhere then
|
---|
6129 | -- nop
|
---|
6130 | else
|
---|
6131 | right
|
---|
6132 | endif
|
---|
6133 |
|
---|
6134 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
6135 | defc MarkNextChar, MarkRight
|
---|
6136 | startline = .line
|
---|
6137 | startcol = .col
|
---|
6138 | if .line then
|
---|
6139 | l = length( textline( .line))
|
---|
6140 | else
|
---|
6141 | l = .col
|
---|
6142 | endif
|
---|
6143 | if .line < .last & .col > l then
|
---|
6144 | down
|
---|
6145 | beginline
|
---|
6146 | elseif .line <> .last | .col <= l then
|
---|
6147 | right
|
---|
6148 | endif
|
---|
6149 | call Extend_Mark( startline, startcol, 1)
|
---|
6150 |
|
---|
6151 | /*
|
---|
6152 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
6153 | defc BeginFile
|
---|
6154 | .line = 1
|
---|
6155 | beginline
|
---|
6156 |
|
---|
6157 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
6158 | defc EndFile
|
---|
6159 | .line = .last
|
---|
6160 | endline
|
---|
6161 | */
|
---|
6162 |
|
---|
6163 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
6164 | defc MarkBeginFile
|
---|
6165 | NextCmdChangesLinePos()
|
---|
6166 | startline = .line
|
---|
6167 | startcol = .col
|
---|
6168 | .line = 1
|
---|
6169 | beginline
|
---|
6170 | if startline then -- required if cursor was on line 0
|
---|
6171 | call Extend_Mark( startline, startcol, 0)
|
---|
6172 | end
|
---|
6173 |
|
---|
6174 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
6175 | defc MarkEndFile
|
---|
6176 | NextCmdChangesLinePos()
|
---|
6177 | startline = .line
|
---|
6178 | startcol = .col
|
---|
6179 | .line = .last
|
---|
6180 | if .line then -- required if cursor was on line 0
|
---|
6181 | endline
|
---|
6182 | call Extend_Mark( startline, startcol, 1)
|
---|
6183 | endif
|
---|
6184 |
|
---|
6185 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
6186 | defc ScrollLeft
|
---|
6187 | NumCols = arg( 1)
|
---|
6188 | if NumCols = '' then
|
---|
6189 | NumCols = 1
|
---|
6190 | elseif not IsNum( NumCols) then
|
---|
6191 | NumCols = 1
|
---|
6192 | endif
|
---|
6193 |
|
---|
6194 | call UnmarkOnAnyKey()
|
---|
6195 | 'VSyncIfKeepCursor'
|
---|
6196 |
|
---|
6197 | do n = 1 to NumCols
|
---|
6198 | oldcursorx = .cursorx
|
---|
6199 | if .col - .cursorx then
|
---|
6200 | .col = .col - .cursorx
|
---|
6201 | .cursorx = oldcursorx
|
---|
6202 | elseif .cursorx > 1 then
|
---|
6203 | left
|
---|
6204 | endif
|
---|
6205 | enddo
|
---|
6206 |
|
---|
6207 | 'MatchFindOnMove'
|
---|
6208 |
|
---|
6209 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
6210 | defc ScrollRight
|
---|
6211 | NumCols = arg( 1)
|
---|
6212 | if NumCols = '' then
|
---|
6213 | NumCols = 1
|
---|
6214 | elseif not IsNum( NumCols) then
|
---|
6215 | NumCols = 1
|
---|
6216 | endif
|
---|
6217 |
|
---|
6218 | call UnmarkOnAnyKey()
|
---|
6219 | 'VSyncIfKeepCursor'
|
---|
6220 |
|
---|
6221 | do n = 1 to NumCols
|
---|
6222 | oldcursorx = .cursorx
|
---|
6223 | a = .col + .windowwidth - .cursorx + 1
|
---|
6224 | if a <= MAXCOL then
|
---|
6225 | .col = a
|
---|
6226 | .cursorx = oldcursorx
|
---|
6227 | elseif .col < MAXCOL then
|
---|
6228 | right
|
---|
6229 | endif
|
---|
6230 | enddo
|
---|
6231 |
|
---|
6232 | 'MatchFindOnMove'
|
---|
6233 |
|
---|
6234 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
6235 | defc CenterLine
|
---|
6236 | call UnmarkOnAnyKey()
|
---|
6237 | oldline = .line
|
---|
6238 | .cursory = .windowheight % 2
|
---|
6239 | -- .cursory makes the cursor unvisible after scrolling
|
---|
6240 | -- and if cursor wasn't on screen before.
|
---|
6241 | oldline
|
---|
6242 |
|
---|
6243 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
6244 | ; Todo: Move marked lines
|
---|
6245 | ; Menu item: Flags:
|
---|
6246 | ; Backtab [moves text] Text
|
---|
6247 | ; [moves text over whitespace] Text Whitespace
|
---|
6248 | ; [moves text in insert mode] TextIns
|
---|
6249 | ; [moves text in insert mode over whitespace] TextIns Whitespace
|
---|
6250 | ; [moves cursor] Cursor
|
---|
6251 | defc BackTab
|
---|
6252 | universal matchtab_on
|
---|
6253 | universal curkey
|
---|
6254 |
|
---|
6255 | Options = arg( 1)
|
---|
6256 | if Options = '' then
|
---|
6257 | parse value curkey with KeyString \1 .
|
---|
6258 | KeyPath = '\NEPMD\User\SpecialKeys\'KeyString
|
---|
6259 | Options = QueryConfigKey( KeyPath)
|
---|
6260 | endif
|
---|
6261 | Options = translate( upcase( Options), ' ', ',') -- uppercase, commas to spaces
|
---|
6262 | fText = (wordpos( 'TEXT', Options) > 0)
|
---|
6263 | fTextIns = (wordpos( 'TEXTINS', Options) > 0)
|
---|
6264 | fCursor = (wordpos( 'CURSOR', Options) > 0)
|
---|
6265 | fWhitespace = (wordpos( 'WHITESPACE', Options) > 0)
|
---|
6266 | -- Default values
|
---|
6267 | if not fText & not fTextIns & not fCursor then
|
---|
6268 | fCursor = 1
|
---|
6269 | endif
|
---|
6270 |
|
---|
6271 | TabWidth = word( .tabs, 1)
|
---|
6272 |
|
---|
6273 | call UnmarkOnAnyKey()
|
---|
6274 | do once = 1 to 1
|
---|
6275 |
|
---|
6276 | LineStr = textline( .line)
|
---|
6277 | OldLineStr = LineStr
|
---|
6278 | -- Handle tabs: expand them to spaces before.
|
---|
6279 | TabWidth = word( .tabs, 1)
|
---|
6280 | if pos( \9, LineStr) then
|
---|
6281 | rcx = TabExpandLine( .line, TabWidth)
|
---|
6282 | endif
|
---|
6283 |
|
---|
6284 | oldcol = .col -- Store .col after tab expansion
|
---|
6285 | oldline = .line
|
---|
6286 | oldcursory = .cursory
|
---|
6287 |
|
---|
6288 | -- Handle MatchTab: go to word boundaries of lines above
|
---|
6289 | Line = .line
|
---|
6290 | do i = 1 to 100
|
---|
6291 | if not matchtab_on then
|
---|
6292 | leave
|
---|
6293 | endif
|
---|
6294 | if .line < 2 then
|
---|
6295 | leave
|
---|
6296 | endif
|
---|
6297 |
|
---|
6298 | -- Go one line up
|
---|
6299 | Line = Line - 1
|
---|
6300 | LineStr = textline( Line)
|
---|
6301 |
|
---|
6302 | -- Ignore empty lines
|
---|
6303 | if StripBlanks( LineStr) = '' then
|
---|
6304 | iterate
|
---|
6305 | endif
|
---|
6306 |
|
---|
6307 | -- Handle tabs: expand them to spaces before
|
---|
6308 | fTabExpanded = 0
|
---|
6309 | if pos( \9, LineStr) then
|
---|
6310 | rcx = TabExpandLine( Line, TabWidth)
|
---|
6311 | fTabExpanded = 1
|
---|
6312 | endif
|
---|
6313 |
|
---|
6314 | .lineg = Line
|
---|
6315 |
|
---|
6316 | -- Go to previous word boundary
|
---|
6317 | backtabword
|
---|
6318 |
|
---|
6319 | -- Restore line with tabs
|
---|
6320 | if fTabExpanded then
|
---|
6321 | call pReplaceLine( LineStr, Line)
|
---|
6322 | endif
|
---|
6323 |
|
---|
6324 | -- Check more lines if col is not < oldcol
|
---|
6325 | if .col >= oldcol then
|
---|
6326 | .col = oldcol
|
---|
6327 | iterate
|
---|
6328 | -- Check more lines if col 1 is reached
|
---|
6329 | elseif .col = 1 then
|
---|
6330 | .col = oldcol
|
---|
6331 | iterate
|
---|
6332 | else
|
---|
6333 | leave
|
---|
6334 | endif
|
---|
6335 | enddo
|
---|
6336 |
|
---|
6337 | -- Restore scroll line and cursor line
|
---|
6338 | .cursory = oldcursory
|
---|
6339 | .line = oldline
|
---|
6340 |
|
---|
6341 | if .col = oldcol then
|
---|
6342 | backtab
|
---|
6343 | endif
|
---|
6344 | numspc = oldcol - .col
|
---|
6345 |
|
---|
6346 | if fWhitespace then
|
---|
6347 | -- Delete only chars in whitespace area
|
---|
6348 | SubText = substr( OldLineStr, .col, numspc)
|
---|
6349 | if strip( SubText) = '' then
|
---|
6350 | fDelete = 1
|
---|
6351 | else
|
---|
6352 | fDelete = 0
|
---|
6353 | endif
|
---|
6354 | else
|
---|
6355 | -- Delete every char
|
---|
6356 | fDelete = 1
|
---|
6357 | endif
|
---|
6358 |
|
---|
6359 | if fDelete & (fText | (fTextIns & insertstate())) then
|
---|
6360 | -- Remove spaces instead of just moving the cursor
|
---|
6361 | if numspc > 0 then
|
---|
6362 | .col = oldcol
|
---|
6363 | do n = 1 to numspc
|
---|
6364 | 'BackSpace'
|
---|
6365 | enddo
|
---|
6366 | endif
|
---|
6367 | endif
|
---|
6368 |
|
---|
6369 | enddo
|
---|
6370 |
|
---|
6371 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
6372 | ; Todo: Move marked lines
|
---|
6373 | ; Menu item: Flags:
|
---|
6374 | ; Tab [moves text with spaces] Text Sapces
|
---|
6375 | ; [moves text with tab] Text Tab
|
---|
6376 | ; [moves text in insert mode with spaces] TextIns Spaces
|
---|
6377 | ; [moves text in insert mode with tab] TextIns Tab
|
---|
6378 | ; [moves cursor] Cursor
|
---|
6379 | defc Tab
|
---|
6380 | universal stream_mode
|
---|
6381 | universal matchtab_on
|
---|
6382 | universal ondbcs
|
---|
6383 | universal curkey
|
---|
6384 |
|
---|
6385 | Options = arg( 1)
|
---|
6386 | if Options = '' then
|
---|
6387 | parse value curkey with KeyString \1 .
|
---|
6388 | KeyPath = '\NEPMD\User\SpecialKeys\'KeyString
|
---|
6389 | Options = QueryConfigKey( KeyPath)
|
---|
6390 | endif
|
---|
6391 | Options = translate( upcase( Options), ' ', ',') -- uppercase, commas to spaces
|
---|
6392 | Options = ChangeStr( 'TABS', Options, 'TAB') -- eventually correct typo
|
---|
6393 | fText = (wordpos( 'TEXT', Options) > 0)
|
---|
6394 | fTextIns = (wordpos( 'TEXTINS', Options) > 0)
|
---|
6395 | fCursor = (wordpos( 'CURSOR', Options) > 0)
|
---|
6396 | fSpaces = (wordpos( 'SPACES', Options) > 0)
|
---|
6397 | fTab = (wordpos( 'TAB', Options) > 0)
|
---|
6398 | -- Default values
|
---|
6399 | if not fText & not fTextIns & not fCursor then
|
---|
6400 | fText = 1
|
---|
6401 | endif
|
---|
6402 | if not fCursor & not fSpaces & not fTab then
|
---|
6403 | fSpaces = 1
|
---|
6404 | endif
|
---|
6405 | if fCursor then
|
---|
6406 | fSpaces = 0
|
---|
6407 | fTab = 0
|
---|
6408 | endif
|
---|
6409 |
|
---|
6410 | TabWidth = word( .tabs, 1)
|
---|
6411 |
|
---|
6412 | do once = 1 to 1
|
---|
6413 | if fTab & (fText | (fTextIns & insertstate())) then
|
---|
6414 | call Process_Key( \9)
|
---|
6415 | leave
|
---|
6416 | endif
|
---|
6417 |
|
---|
6418 | call UnmarkOnAnyKey()
|
---|
6419 |
|
---|
6420 | oldcol = .col
|
---|
6421 | oldline = .line
|
---|
6422 | oldcursory = .cursory
|
---|
6423 | expandedcol = .col
|
---|
6424 |
|
---|
6425 | do i = 1 to 100
|
---|
6426 | if not matchtab_on then
|
---|
6427 | leave
|
---|
6428 | endif
|
---|
6429 | if .line < 2 then
|
---|
6430 | leave
|
---|
6431 | endif
|
---|
6432 |
|
---|
6433 | -- Go one line up
|
---|
6434 | .lineg = .line - 1
|
---|
6435 | LineStr = textline( .line)
|
---|
6436 |
|
---|
6437 | -- Ignore empty lines
|
---|
6438 | if StripBlanks( LineStr) = '' then
|
---|
6439 | iterate
|
---|
6440 | endif
|
---|
6441 |
|
---|
6442 | -- Handle tabs: expand them to spaces before
|
---|
6443 | fTabExpanded = 0
|
---|
6444 | if pos( \9, LineStr) then
|
---|
6445 | rcx = TabExpandLine( .line, TabWidth)
|
---|
6446 | fTabExpanded = 1
|
---|
6447 | endif
|
---|
6448 |
|
---|
6449 | -- Go to next word boundary or to line end
|
---|
6450 | .col = oldcol
|
---|
6451 | tabword
|
---|
6452 | expandedcol = .col
|
---|
6453 |
|
---|
6454 | -- Restore line with tabs
|
---|
6455 | if fTabExpanded then
|
---|
6456 | call pReplaceLine( LineStr, .line)
|
---|
6457 | endif
|
---|
6458 |
|
---|
6459 | -- Check more lines if col is not > oldcol
|
---|
6460 | if expandedcol <= oldcol then
|
---|
6461 | expandedcol = oldcol
|
---|
6462 | iterate
|
---|
6463 | else
|
---|
6464 | leave
|
---|
6465 | endif
|
---|
6466 | enddo
|
---|
6467 |
|
---|
6468 | -- Restore scroll line and cursor line
|
---|
6469 | .cursory = oldcursory
|
---|
6470 | .line = oldline
|
---|
6471 |
|
---|
6472 | -- Go to tabstop col after expansion
|
---|
6473 | .col = expandedcol
|
---|
6474 |
|
---|
6475 | if .col = oldcol then
|
---|
6476 | tab
|
---|
6477 | endif
|
---|
6478 |
|
---|
6479 | if fText | (fTextIns & insertstate()) then
|
---|
6480 | -- Insert spaces instead of just moving the cursor
|
---|
6481 | numspc = .col - oldcol
|
---|
6482 | -- Handle DBCS
|
---|
6483 | do once2 = 1 to 1
|
---|
6484 | if not ondbcs then -- If we're on DBCS,
|
---|
6485 | leave
|
---|
6486 | endif
|
---|
6487 | if matchtab_on and .line > 1 then -- and didn't do a matchtab,
|
---|
6488 | leave
|
---|
6489 | endif
|
---|
6490 | if words( .tabs) > 1 then
|
---|
6491 | if not wordpos( .col, .tabs) then -- check if on a tab col.
|
---|
6492 | do i = 1 to words( .tabs) -- If we got shifted due to being inside a DBC,
|
---|
6493 | if word( .tabs, i) > oldcol then -- find the col we *should* be in, and
|
---|
6494 | numspc = word( .tabs, i) - oldcol -- set numspc according to that.
|
---|
6495 | leave
|
---|
6496 | endif
|
---|
6497 | enddo
|
---|
6498 | endif
|
---|
6499 | elseif (.col // .tabs) <> 1 then
|
---|
6500 | numspc = .tabs - (oldcol + .tabs - 1) // .tabs
|
---|
6501 | endif
|
---|
6502 | enddo -- once2
|
---|
6503 | -- Insert spaces
|
---|
6504 | if numspc > 0 then
|
---|
6505 | .col = oldcol
|
---|
6506 | call Process_Keys( copies( ' ', numspc))
|
---|
6507 | endif
|
---|
6508 | endif
|
---|
6509 |
|
---|
6510 | enddo -- once
|
---|
6511 |
|
---|
6512 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
6513 | defc BackTabWord
|
---|
6514 | backtabword
|
---|
6515 |
|
---|
6516 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
6517 | defc TabWord
|
---|
6518 | tabword
|
---|
6519 |
|
---|
6520 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
6521 | defc MarkUp
|
---|
6522 | NextCmdChangesLinePos()
|
---|
6523 | startline = .line
|
---|
6524 | startcol = .col
|
---|
6525 | call UpDownKey( 0)
|
---|
6526 | if .line then
|
---|
6527 | call Extend_Mark( startline, startcol, 0)
|
---|
6528 | endif
|
---|
6529 | if .line = 0 then
|
---|
6530 | -- Not for insert below
|
---|
6531 | KeyPath = '\NEPMD\User\Mark\LineInsert'
|
---|
6532 | LineInsert = QueryConfigKey( KeyPath)
|
---|
6533 | if LineInsert = 'A' then
|
---|
6534 | .lineg = 1
|
---|
6535 | endif
|
---|
6536 | endif
|
---|
6537 |
|
---|
6538 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
6539 | defc DefaultPaste
|
---|
6540 | call NextCmdAltersText()
|
---|
6541 | KeyPath = '\NEPMD\User\Mark\DefaultPaste'
|
---|
6542 | next = substr( upcase( QueryConfigKey( KeyPath)), 1, 1)
|
---|
6543 | if next = 'L' then
|
---|
6544 | style = 'L'
|
---|
6545 | elseif next = 'B' then
|
---|
6546 | style = 'B'
|
---|
6547 | else
|
---|
6548 | style = 'C'
|
---|
6549 | endif
|
---|
6550 | call ReplaceMark()
|
---|
6551 | 'Paste' style
|
---|
6552 |
|
---|
6553 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
6554 | defc AlternatePaste
|
---|
6555 | call NextCmdAltersText()
|
---|
6556 | KeyPath = '\NEPMD\User\Mark\DefaultPaste'
|
---|
6557 | next = substr( upcase( QueryConfigKey( KeyPath)), 1, 1)
|
---|
6558 | if next = 'L' then
|
---|
6559 | altstyle = 'C'
|
---|
6560 | elseif next = 'B' then
|
---|
6561 | altstyle = 'C'
|
---|
6562 | else
|
---|
6563 | altstyle = 'L'
|
---|
6564 | endif
|
---|
6565 | call ReplaceMark()
|
---|
6566 | 'Paste' altstyle
|
---|
6567 |
|
---|
6568 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
6569 | ; Insert the char from the line above at cursor position.
|
---|
6570 | ; May get executed repeatedly to copy an entire expression without
|
---|
6571 | ; cluttering the undo list at every single execution.
|
---|
6572 | ; From Luc van Bogaert.
|
---|
6573 | defc InsertCharAbove
|
---|
6574 | if .line > 1 then
|
---|
6575 | -- suppress autosave and undo (for during repeated use)
|
---|
6576 | saved_autosave = .autosave
|
---|
6577 | .autosave = 0
|
---|
6578 | call NextCmdAltersText()
|
---|
6579 |
|
---|
6580 | -- force overwrite mode
|
---|
6581 | i_s = insertstate()
|
---|
6582 | if i_s then
|
---|
6583 | inserttoggle -- Turn off insert mode
|
---|
6584 | endif
|
---|
6585 |
|
---|
6586 | line = textline( .line - 1) -- line above
|
---|
6587 | char = substr( line, .col, 1)
|
---|
6588 | keyin char
|
---|
6589 |
|
---|
6590 | if i_s then
|
---|
6591 | inserttoggle
|
---|
6592 | endif
|
---|
6593 |
|
---|
6594 | .autosave = saved_autosave
|
---|
6595 | endif
|
---|
6596 |
|
---|
6597 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
6598 | ; Insert the char from the line below at cursor position.
|
---|
6599 | ; May get executed repeatedly to copy an entire expression without
|
---|
6600 | ; cluttering the undo list at every single execution.
|
---|
6601 | ; From Luc van Bogaert.
|
---|
6602 | defc InsertCharBelow
|
---|
6603 | if .line < .last then
|
---|
6604 | -- suppress autosave and undo (for during repeated use)
|
---|
6605 | saved_autosave = .autosave
|
---|
6606 | .autosave = 0
|
---|
6607 | call NextCmdAltersText()
|
---|
6608 |
|
---|
6609 | -- force overwrite mode
|
---|
6610 | i_s = insertstate()
|
---|
6611 | if i_s then
|
---|
6612 | inserttoggle -- Turn off insert mode
|
---|
6613 | endif
|
---|
6614 |
|
---|
6615 | line = textline( .line + 1) -- line below
|
---|
6616 | char = substr( line, .col, 1)
|
---|
6617 | keyin char
|
---|
6618 |
|
---|
6619 | if i_s then
|
---|
6620 | inserttoggle
|
---|
6621 | endif
|
---|
6622 |
|
---|
6623 | .autosave = saved_autosave
|
---|
6624 | endif
|
---|
6625 |
|
---|
6626 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
6627 | ; Add a new line before the current, move to it, keep col.
|
---|
6628 | defc NewLineBefore
|
---|
6629 | call NextCmdAltersText()
|
---|
6630 | insertline ''
|
---|
6631 | up
|
---|
6632 |
|
---|
6633 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
6634 | ; Add a new line after the current, move to it, keep col.
|
---|
6635 | defc NewLineAfter
|
---|
6636 | call NextCmdAltersText()
|
---|
6637 | insertline '', .line + 1
|
---|
6638 | down
|
---|
6639 |
|
---|
6640 | ; ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
---|
6641 | ; Define a_1, because alt_1 is only defined since ALT_1.E is redefined.
|
---|
6642 | defc A_1
|
---|
6643 | 'Alt_1'
|
---|
6644 |
|
---|